Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 382

TK145

EAGLE 5 STP Release 41.0

EAGLE STP Maintenance & Database Administration


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

Table of Contents Module 1 Module 2 Module 3 Lesson 1 Lesson 2 Lesson 3 Module 4 Module 5 Lesson 1 Lesson 2 Lesson 3 Lesson 4 Module 6 Module 7 Appendix A Appendix B Signaling System 7 Overview.............. 9 Frames and Shelves. 39 Subsystems and Cards... 81 Maintenance and Administration Subsystem... 83 Communication Subsystem... 107 Application Subsystem..................................................... 115 Basic System Administration.... 137 Database Creation... 171 Provision the basics of the EAGLE 5 STP/Provision Low Speed DS0 Signaling Links... 173 Provision T1 Signaling Links............................................ 189 Provision E1 Signaling Links. 201 Provision ATM Signaling Links. 217 Database Management.. 245 EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance... 271 EAGLE 5 STP Features.. 325 Database Creation....356

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

Course Objectives
After this Course, you should be able to Learn the basic structure and protocol for an SS7 network Know the hardware of the EAGLE STP Understand the structure, function and configuration of subsystem components Construct a database with management procedures Perform preventive and corrective procedures Locate and use the EAGLE STP users documentation

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

Course Logistics
Course Instructor Introduction Student Attendance and Participation Certificate of course completion Class Times and Breaks Start and End Lunch Stretch, refreshment Classmates Tent cards Name, company, position Background/experience Security Laboratory Building Emergency Evacuation Procedure

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

Student Guide Layout


In this guide, you will find the following structure: Large units of learning are called Modules.
A Module is divided into smaller units of learning called Lessons.

Each Module consists of:


Objectives for the entire module (aggregate of all lessons) One or more lessons

Each Lesson consists of:


Lesson Objectives Presentation and Lecture Check-Your-Learning review questions Hands-on Learning Activities (most lessons)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

Training Strategies and Materials


Participant-Centered Training
Based on learning objectives Lecture & discussion Question & answer Hands-on exercises Daily performance reviews

Student Training Guide


Classroom & laboratory

Tekelec Product Users Guides


Installation EAGLE 5 ISS manual Hardware Signaling Products manual Maintenance manual Unsolicited Alarm and Information Messages manual Commands manual Commands Error Recovery manual Database Administration manual - SS7

Software copies of the listed EAGLE STP user manuals will be available for use during classroom and laboratory activities. Your instructor will direct you to the appropriate manual. Remember the software version might differ from the one you have on your site, so always use your site software as the official source of information when using your site system. At the end of each day, you may complete a Daily Progress Review form. This form will give you an opportunity to evaluate your learning progress and request additional information on topics covered during that day of training. Please include your name on the form so your question or concern can be addressed.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

Pre-Instructional Survey
Answer the questions to the best of your ability. You are not expected to be able to correctly answer all the questions prior to instruction. The results will help the instructor emphasize areas required by all class members.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

Pre-Instructional Survey

1. The maximum number of signaling links for the EAGLE is 1000. True or False 2. How many types of frames does the EAGLE STP have? 3. How many Serial I/O ports are there? A.12 B. 14 C. 16 D. 18 4. How are the processors of the EAGLE STP labeled? A. Processor Copy 0 and 1 B. Processor A and B C. MASP A and MASP B 5. How many links are supported on the E5-E1/T1 card in the channelized mode? 6. A composite clock is always required for the EAGLE STP. True or False 7. How often should the spare cards be rotated into the EAGLE for maintenance? 8. What two cards may be used in the IMT Bus? 9. What is the purpose of the E5-SM4G card? 10. How many card slots are powered by one fuse? 11. How many High Speed links (HSL) are supported on the E5-E1/T1? 12. How many Capability Point Codes may be entered in the EAGLE STP? 13. What commands may be used to assign point codes to the EAGLE STP?

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

Module 1

Signaling System 7 Overview


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

10

Module 1 Objectives
After this Module, you should be able to Identify and describe the different signaling points Describe the different point code structures Identify and describe the types of signaling links Identify and describe the functional modules of the SS7 protocol

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

10

11

SS7 Network Components


SS7 Standard A digital signaling standard defining procedures and protocol by which elements in the public switched telephone network (PSTN) and Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) exchange information

The Voice network between switches is separate from the SS7 Signaling network

TANDEM

TANDEM

Types of Signaling Points Service Switching Point (SSP or MSC) Service Control Point (SCP, HLR, or VLR) Signaling Transfer Point (STP)

SSP

STP

STP

MSC

Signaling Points Provide access to the SS7 network Provide access to databases Transfer messages to other signaling points Each signaling point has a point code address

SSP

STP

STP

MSC

SCP

Signaling Network Voice Network

HLR

The SS7 Network is configured separately from the voice network. Because the SS7 network is critical to call processing, SCPs and STPs are usually deployed as mated pairs. Traffic is shared across all links in the linkset. If one of the links fails, the signaling traffic is rerouted over another link in the linkset. The SS7 protocol provides both error correction and retransmission capabilities to allow continued service in the event of signaling point or link failures. All signaling points in the SS7 network perform network management functions to redirect traffic around failed signaling points and or signaling links. SS7 Network supports the following functions: Switching messages to provide voice path connectivity from one telephone office to another and basic call setup, management, and tear down. Provides access to databases for enhanced call features such as call forwarding, calling party name/number display, three-way calling. Wireless services - wireless roaming, mobile subscriber authentication Local Number Portability (LNP) Toll-free (800/888) and toll (900) wireline services Efficient and secure worldwide telecommunications

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

11

12

Service Switching Point (SSP)


The SSP (end office, access tandem or Mobile Switching Center MSC) is a telecom switch with a database allowing it to interact with the SS7 network.

SSP/ MSC

STP

SCP

Originates signaling packets to be sent into the SS7 network Terminates signaling packets sent from the SS7 network Accesses databases to request information needed to perform call setup/tear-down

The SSP is a tandem, Class 4/5 office, or MSC and is the interface to the networks outside of the SS7 network. SSPs are switches that originate, terminate, or tandem calls. An SSP sends signaling messages to other SSPs to setup, manage, and release voice circuits required to complete a call. An SSP may also send a query message to a centralized database (an SCP) to determine how to route a call (e.g., a toll-free 1-800/888 call in North America). Actual call features vary from network to network and from service to service. A SSP can be any of the following: Customer switch End office Access tandem Tandem Switch MSC (Mobile Switching Center) Dial Central Office (DCO)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

12

13

Service Control Point (SCP)


The SCP is a centralized database used to store information about: Subscribers services Routing of special numbers (800, 900 numbers) Calling card validation and fraud protection ANSI Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) services ITU Intelligent Network services
SCP Databases

SSP/ MSC VLR

SCP STP HLR

An SCP serves an interface to large databases used by telephone carriers for number translation, network management and line information. Common SCP applications include: Call Management Services Database (CMSDB) Call processing information such as routing instructions for 800, 900, 976 special service numbers and billing information such as billing address and third party billing Network management functions Call sampling for traffic studies Line Information Database (LIDB) Calling card information such as calling card validation, PIN information, and calling card fraudulent use prevention Third party billing and collect call handling instructions Originating line number screening - custom calling features such as call forwarding and speed dialing Calling Name Database (CNAM) Provides calling number and calling name information to customers that have Caller ID service Home Location Register (HLR) Used in wireless networks to store wireless subscriber information such as billing information, services allowed, and current location information for retrieval by Mobile Switching Centers (MSCs) Visitor Location Register (VLR) When a wireless telephone is not recognized by the local Mobile Switching Center (MSC) the MSC originates a query into the network requesting validation information from the subscribers HLR Used to store current location for visiting subscribers and sends this information to the HLR

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

13

14

Signaling Transfer Point (STP)


The STP performs the following functions: SS7 Router Network Management Measurement Data Global Title Translation (GTT) Gateway Function Gateway Screening (GWS) Local Number Portability (LNP)

SSP

STP

SCP

Network traffic between signaling points is typically routed via a packet switch called an STP. STPs are actually SS7 routers placed in the heart of the SS7 network used to route incoming messages based on routing information contained in the message. STPs are typically deployed in pairs for redundancy. STPS perform MTP3 network management procedures used to reroute traffic around failed signaling links and signaling points. Measurement data is collected by the STP to provide statistics on traffic engineering, network usage as well as signaling links and linksets. An STP is capable of performing global title translation, a procedure by which the destination signaling point is determined from digits present in the signaling message (e.g., the dialed 800 number, calling card number, or mobile subscriber identification number). STPs with inter-network connections are considered gateway STPs. They provide an interface between both ANSI to ANSI, ANSI to ITU and ITU to ITU networks. An STP can also perform gateway screening which acts like a "firewall" to screen SS7 messages incoming from other networks. The EAGLE 5 STP is also capable of performing Local Number Portability (LNP).

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

14

15

Signaling Point Codes


All Signaling Points must have a Unique Point Code for Message Routing Purposes. There are four types of Point Codes used today:
ANSI Point Codes (24 bit) ITU International Point Codes (14 bit) ITU National Point Codes (14 bit) ITU National Point Codes (24 bit)

Just as homes and businesses need a unique address in order to receive mail, so also do SS7 signaling points need a unique address in order to receive SS7 messages intended for each signaling point. There are 4 different types of point codes used today. They will be discussed on the next 4 slides.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

15

16

ANSI Signaling Point Codes


ANSI point codes are divided into three parts: Network Indicator NI - Range of values for NI = 000-255 (8 bits) Network Cluster NC - Range of values for NC = 000-255 (8 bits) Network Cluster Member NCM - Range of values for NCM = 000-255 (8 bits) Point Code example 240-012-140 Larger North American Networks will be assigned one or more network indicators, all network clusters, and network cluster member values Smaller North American Networks share network indicators, network clusters, and even network cluster members, depending on the size of the network

Using this point code structure a large network may have up to 65,536 point codes with only 1 Network indicator, all Clusters and members of that Network Indicator. The ANSI point code structure allows for 16,777,216 point codes, which is more than adequate for North America.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

16

17

ITU International Signaling Point Codes


ITU International point codes are divided into three parts:
Zone - Range of values for Zone = 0-7 (3 bits) Area - Range of values for Area = 0-255 (8 bits) ID - Range of values for ID = 0-7 (3 bits) Point Code example 04-208-06

ITU Networks use these point code types for signaling from their home network to networks outside their respective countries.

The ITU International point code structure allows for 16,384 point codes to allow signaling between all ITU countries, and also between ITU and ANSI countries. NOTE: Only 14 bits are used for ITU International point codes.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

17

18

ITU National Signaling Point Codes


ITU National Point Codes have two possible values: NNNN - Range of values for NNNNN = 0-16383 (14 bits) 2, 3, or 4 member numbers separated by dashes - Range of values for the 4 member numbers are: M1 = 0-7 (3 bits) M2 = 0-15 (4 bits) M3 = 0-15 (4 bits) M4 = 0-7 (3 bits) - The sum of these 4 member numbers must be 14 bits - Point Code examples - 15045 (14-0-0-0 format example) or 007-088-005 (format 3-8-3-0 example) - The EAGLE 5 STP default value is 14-0-0-0 ITU Networks use these point code types for signaling in their home network and to other networks inside their respective countries.
The ITU National point code structure allows for 16,384 point codes to allow signaling between all networks within a single country. NOTE: Only 14 bits are used for single value ITU National point codes. Procedure for converting a single number ITU national point code to a multiple-part ITU national point is as follows: 1. Enter the command, chg-stpopts:npcfmti=3-8-3-0. This command will convert all single value ITU national point codes currently entered in the STP to the 3-8-3-0 format. 2. To understand the conversion, the following steps may be performed: 1. Using a scientific calculator convert the point code to a binary number. 2. The number 15045 converts to the binary number 11101011000101. 3. Divide the binary number into the number of parts using the 3-8-3-0 format. The result of the conversion is 111 01011000 101. 4. Convert each part of the point code into a binary number using a scientific calculator. The results are as follows.111 01011000 101 = 7-88-5. Note: Details concerning point code conversion is found in the Commands Manual, Appendix A Reference Information.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

18

19

ITU National Signaling Point Codes (24 bit)


ITU National 24 bit point codes are divided into three parts:
Main Signaling Area MSA - Range of values for MSA = 000-255 (8 bits) Sub Signaling Area SSA - Range of values for SSA = 000-255 (8 bits) Signaling Point SP - Range of values for NCM = 000-255 (8 bits) Point Code example 140-123- 028

Currently, this point code structure is used in China.

The ITU-N24 point code structure allows for 16,777,216 point codes.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

19

20

EAGLE Cluster Routing Model


ent-rte:lsn=ls01:rc=10:dpc=005-005-* ent-rte:lsn=ls02:rc-10:dpc=005-005-* ent-rte:lsn=ls03:rc=30:dpc=005-005-* 002-002-000 002-002-001 ls01
005-005-004

Cluster 005-005005-005-000 005-005-001

*
005-005-003

ls0 2

ls03

002-002-003

02 ls

005-005-005

ls01 002-002-000 002-002-002 005-005-000 005-005-002

005-005-006

The Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD) feature: Eliminates the need for a full point code entry in the routing table to route to every signaling point in every network Allows the EAGLE to configure one routeset to an entire cluster of destinations A cluster is defined as a group of signaling points whose point codes have identical values for the network and cluster fields of the point code. A cluster entry in the routing table is shown with an asterisk (*) in the member field of the point code. Note: Cluster entries can only be provisioned as ANSI destination point codes Nested Cluster Routing: Provides a mechanism that allows both cluster and member routes to be provisioned in the same cluster Network Routing allows routing by network indicator (005 - * - *) Allows the user to provision a single route set that will be used for all MSUs destined to members of that network To use the CRMD feature, the feature must be turned on with the chg-feat command. Once the feature is turned on, it cannot be turned off.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

20

21

Linksets and Signaling Links

MSC

STP

STP

SSP

MSC

STP

STP

SSP

HLR

SCP

A linkset is defined as a grouping of all the signaling links from one signaling point (local) to another signaling point (adjacent). It is assigned a linkset name which will identify the far end signaling point, often called a 2-6 code, where 2 letters and 6 numbers in the linkset name identify the adjacent signaling point. Signaling links are physical connections used in the SS7 network to connect the various nodes. The linksets have a designated identity to define the type of connection provided. On the EAGLE we build a linkset and then assign signaling links to the linkset. The maximum number of signaling links in a linkset is 16. A Signaling Link Code (SLC) identifies the order of the signaling links in a linkset, with a range of 015 with the first signaling link in a linkset assigned SLC-0. The SLC must match on both ends of the signaling link for the signaling link to operate. Linkset types between different types of Signaling Points are identified with letters, A-F. All Signaling Links assigned to a linkset take on the assigned linkset type, thus becoming signaling link types A-F. Signaling Link types are discussed on the next slide.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

21

22

Linkset and Signaling Link Types

STP

SCP

A-Links

E-Links

STP

A-Links

SCP

D-Links

STP SSP

B-Links

STP

A-Links
SSP

C-Links B-Links

C-Links F-Links

A-Links

STP

STP

SSP

A (Access) Links provide STP-SSP and STP-SCP connectivity Usually provided as at least two links, one to each of the paired STPs. May be provisioned as a combined linkset, or routeset, providing a total maximum number of 32 links between an SSP and a pair of STPs. B (Bridge) Links connect STPs to other STPs of the same hierarchical level "B" links would interconnect pairs of Local STPs, or pairs of Gateway STPs. The distinction between a "B" link and a "D" link is rather arbitrary. For this reason, such links may be referred to as "B/D" links. C (Cross) Links connect mated pairs of STP Used primarily for network management traffic. May be used as an SS7 traffic path if necessary to provide MSU delivery. D (Diagonal) Links connect STPs to other STPs of different hierarchical levels "D" links would interconnect a local STP pair to a Gateway STP pair. The distinction between a "B" link and a "D" link is rather arbitrary. For this reason, such links may be referred to as "B/D" links. E (Extended) Links connect an SSP to an STP other than its home STP. "E" (extended) links connect an SSP to an alternate STP pair. "E" links provide an alternate signaling path primarily for SCCP message redundancy. "E" links are not usually provisioned unless the benefit of a marginally higher degree of reliability justifies the added expense. F (Fully Associated) Links provide SSP to SSP connectivity SSPs must be adjacent Provides only call setup/call teardown capabilities Because of the prevalence of queries through the SS7 network, F links are rarely employed.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

22

23

SS7 Protocol - Signal Units


Fill-in Signal Unit (FISU) First Check Sum 16 Spare 2 LI 6 FIB 1 FSN 7 BIB 1 BSN 7 Flag 8 Length in bits Last

Level 2 Link Status Signal Unit (LSSU) First Check Sum 16 Level 2 Status 8 or 16 Level 3 Spare 2 LI 6 FIB 1 FSN 7 Level 2 Message Signal Unit (MSU) First Check Sum 16 Level 2 SIF 8-272 Level 3 SIO 8 Spare 2 LI 6 FIB 1 FSN 7 Level 2 BIB 1 BSN 7 Last Flag 8 BIB 1 BSN 7 Last Flag 8

(octets)

Fill-In-Signal Unit (FISU) Automatically generated in both directions on all signaling links as traffic volume increases or decreases Provides continuous error checking on signaling links when there are no MSUs Allows the SS7 network to maintain its reliability Lowest level signal unit Contains basic level 2 information only (i.e., acknowledgment of signal unit receipt by a remote signaling point) Link Status Signal Unit (LSSU) Contains one or two octets (8-bit bytes) of link status information Used to control link alignment Indicates the status of a signaling point (e.g., local processor outage) to the remote signaling point Message Signal Unit (MSU) Call control Database query and response Network management Network maintenance Routing label which consists of an origination and a destination point code

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

23

24

Fill-in Signal Unit (FISU)

Fill-in Signal Unit (FISU) First Check Sum 16 Spare 2 LI 6 FIB 1 FSN 7 Level 2 BIB 1 BSN 7 Flag 8 Length in bits Last

Flag - acts as a delimiter for SUs. A flag marks the end of one SU and the start of the next SU. Always looks like this 01111110. Backward Sequence Number (BSN) - used to confirm receipt of SUs and to ensure they are received in the order they were transmitted. The BSN value will match that of the last successfully received SUs FSN. Value can be 0-127, or 128 possible SUs in receive buffer Backward Indicator Bit (BIB) - Indicates a negative acknowledgement if the bit does not match the FIB bit value, either 0 or 1 Forward Sequence Number (FSN) - Contains the sequence number of a transmitted SU. Can be between 0-127, or 128 possible SUs in transmit buffer Forward Indicator Bit (FIB) - Used in error recovery like the BIB. When messages are transmitted in error, and the BIB has changed from 1 to 0, or 0 to 1, the FIB will change to match the BIB when the corrupted messages have been successfully retransmitted. If there are no erred messages, the BIB and FIB will have the same value, 0 or 1. Length Indicator (LI) - Indicates length of the SU. FISU LI = 0, LSSU LI = 1 or 2, MSU LI = 3 to 63. If the MSU is larger than 63 octets (bytes) it will not be indicated. Max 273 octets. Spare - Used as a filler since the LI only uses 6 of the possible 8 bits Check Sum - is calculated from the transmitted message by the transmitting signaling point and inserted in the message. On receipt it is recalculated by receiving signaling point. If not the same, the message is corrupt and retransmission is requested

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

24

25

Link Status Signal Unit (LSSU)

Link Status Signal Unit (LSSU) First Check Sum 16 Level 2 Status 8 or 16 Level 3 Spare 2 LI 6 FIB 1 FSN 7 Level 2 BIB 1 BSN 7 Last Flag 8

The LSSU has one unique field, the status field (SF). The SF can have any one of six different status indications. Those status indications are: Busy (SIB) - level 2 is busy, or congested at transmitting signaling point. A SP will suspend MSUs when it receives a busy LSSU. If the condition lasts 3-6 sec. Level 3 will be informed of a link failure and begin alignment procedure. Processor Outage (SIPO) - transmitting signaling point cannot communicate with levels 3 and 4, possibly due to a CPU or total nodal failure, or being manually taken out of service with the cancslk command. Out of Service (SIOS) - signaling point cannot transmit or receive any MSUs for reasons other than processor outage. Upon receipt of an SIOS the receiving SP stops the transmission of MSUs and begins transmitting FISUs. It is also sent at the beginning of the alignment procedure. Out of Alignment (SIO) - sent when a link has failed, is restored and alignment procedure has been initiated, but proving period parameters have not been met. Normal Alignment (SIN) - procedure used when there is more than one slk in the affected linkset. During the alignment process, the slk is looking for 4 successful normal alignment LSSUs in a 2.3 sec. proving period.If it fails it will go out of alignment again. Emergency Alignment (SIE) - procedure used when there is there is only one slk in a linkset. During the alignment process, the slk is looking for 1 successful emergency alignment LSSU in a .6 sec. proving period.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

25

26

Message Signal Unit (MSU)

Message Signal Unit (MSU) First Check Sum 16 Level 2 SIF 8-272 Level 3 SIO 8 Spare 2 LI 6 FIB 1 FSN 7 Level 2 BIB 1 BSN 7 Last Flag 8

(octets)

The MSU provides the structure for transmitting all message types such as ISUP, TUP, TCAP, MAP. An MSU has two unique fields: Service Information Octet (SIO) Signaling Information Field (SIF)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

26

27

SIF and SIO Fields of the MSU MSU


Message Signal Unit

SIF
Signaling Information
Routing Label OPC / DPC ANSI OPCI / DPCI ITU-I OPCN / DPCN ITU-N OPCN24 / DPCN24 ITU-N24 Signaling Link Selector (SLS)

SIO
Service Information Octet
Service Indicator 0 Signaling Network Management 1 Signaling Network Test 2 Signaling Network Test Special 3 SCCP 4 TUP 5 - ISUP Message Priority (ANSI Only) Network Indicator ( National / International )

Signaling Information Field (SIF) has: The routing label of the message (OPC/DPC). A Signaling Link Selector (SLS) used to distribute traffic over multiple signaling links within a linkset if available. Service Information Octet (SIO) tells level 4 the type of service requested and the type of network message, and the priority of the MSU. The service indicator field tells the type message: value - 0 indicates a signaling network management message value - 1 indicates a signaling network test and maintenance message value 2 indicates a special signaling network test and maintenance message value - 3 indicates a SCCP message value 4 indicates a TUP message value - 5 indicates an ISUP message The network type is two bits: value - 0 indicates an international network value - 2 indicates a national network The message priority is two bits: message priority values are from 0-3 value - 0 indicates lowest priority messages value - 3 indicates highest priority message

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

27

28

SS7 Protocol Functional Modules

SS7 Application MAP TCAP SCCP Network (MTP Level 3) Data Link (MTP Level 2) Physical (MTP Level 1)

ISUP

TUP

MTP Message Transfer Part SCCP Signaling Connection Control Part TCAP Transaction Capabilities Application Part MAP Mobile Application Part ISUP Integrated Services Digital Network User Part TUP Telephone User Part

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

28

29

Message Transfer Part (MTP)

SS7 Application MAP TCAP SCCP Network (MTP Level 3) Data Link (MTP Level 2) Physical (MTP Level 1)

ISUP

TUP

Note that MTP is comprised of three levels in the SS7 protocol model. The MTP functional area of the SS7 protocol provides reliable transfer of SS7 signaling messages. MTP Level 1 (Physical Layer) Provides transport for signaling link Defines physical, electrical and functional characteristics of a signaling link Provides the means to access the signaling link Typically the transmission path is configured as a 56Kbps or 64 Kbps digital path MTP Level 2 (Data Link Layer) Provides for transfer of signaling data over individual signaling links Responsible for link alignment and for error free transmission of data Ensures error free transfer of data in proper sequence between signaling nodes MTP Level 3 (Network Layer) Message discrimination - determines to whom the message is addressed Message distribution - directs a locally significant message to the appropriate internal user (i.e., SCCP module) Message routing - reads the Destination Point Code (DPC) to determine to which signaling node to send message

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

29

30

Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP)

SS7 Application MAP TCAP SCCP Network (MTP Level 3) Data Link (MTP Level 2) Physical (MTP Level 1)

ISUP

TUP

SCCP is the protocol used to access databases. SCCP provides Global Title Translation (GTT) capabilities. Global title - an address (i.e., 800 number, calling card number, or mobile subscriber identification number) translated into Destination Point Code (DPC). DPC identifies the destination signaling point. Subsystem number identifies an application at the destination signaling node. SCCP is used as the transport mechanism for TCAP and MAP services. The SCCP portion contains the Calling Party Address (CGPA) and the Called Party Address (CDPA).

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

30

31

Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP)

SS7 Application TCAP SCCP Network (MTP Level 3) Data Link (MTP Level 2) Physical (MTP Level 1)

ISUP

TUP

TCAP supports the functions required to query and retrieve information from network databases using non-circuit related applications. TCAP is the core signaling element for enhanced service delivery between SCPs and SSPs. TCAP is the transaction layer for ANSI and ITU, identifying each transaction. Examples of TCAP messages: Query from an SSP to determine the routing number associated with a dialed 800/888 number. Query from an SSP to check the personal identification number (PIN) of a calling card user. Provides calling number and calling name information to customers that have Caller ID service. Mobile Application Part (MAP) messages sent between mobile switches and databases to support user authentication, equipment identification, and roaming.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

31

32

Mobile Application Part (MAP)

SS7 Application

MAP

ISUP

TUP

MAP TCAP SCCP

Network (MTP Level 3) Data Link (MTP Level 2) Physical (MTP Level 1)

Mobile Application Part (MAP) is a level-four protocol used in CDMA and GSM networks. MAP messages are sent between mobile switches and databases to support user authentication, equipment identification, and roaming. The purpose of this protocol is to provide a mechanism by which cellular subscriber information may be passed from one cellular network to another. MAP messages sent between mobile switches and databases support user authentication, equipment identification, and roaming. It is handled according to the OPSCODE in the message. It is used by the EAGLE STP for GSM MAP Screening.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

32

33

ISDN User Part (ISUP)


MAP

SS7 Application

ISUP

TUP

MAP TCAP SCCP

Network (MTP Level 3) Data Link (MTP Level 2) Physical (MTP Level 1)

Defines the protocol used to set-up, manage, and release trunk circuits that carry voice and data between terminating line exchanges (e.g., between a calling party and a called party). Used for both ISDN and Non-ISDN calls. Calls that originate and terminate at the same switch do not use ISUP signaling. An example of ISUP Call Model will be covered at the end of this section.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

33

34

Telephone User Part (TUP)

SS7 Application MAP TCAP SCCP Network (MTP Level 3) Data Link (MTP Level 2) Physical (MTP Level 1)
Telephone User Part (TUP) is used in international networks for basic call connection and disconnect. Telephone User Part (TUP) is used for analog circuits. TUP is used in Europe and other countries following ITU-TS standards. It is being replaced by ISUP at the international level. Regardless of the differences between ISUP and TUP (message type and parameters), the two protocols can be mapped to each other successfully.

ISUP

TUP

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

34

35

SCCP to ISUP Call Model


( 3 ) GTT
( 2 ) Query ( 4 ) Query

(5) 800 Database

SSP
( 6 ) Response ( 1 ) 1-800-441-9990 ( 7 ) IAM ( 8 ) ACM ( 11 ) ANM ( 12 ) REL ( 13 ) RLC 9 ( 6 ) Response ( 7 ) IAM

SCP

EAGLE STP

( 8 ) ACM ( 11 ) ANM ( 12 ) REL ( 13 ) RLC

SSP

PSTN

PSTN
a) ( 10 Ring g Rin
b) (10 ook -H Off

Call model for a toll-free call: 1. The calling party dials a 800 number. 2. The originating SSP sends a query via an SCCP message to the STP. 3. The EAGLE STP performs Global Title Translations (GTT) on the SCCP message to determine the location of the database (SCP) that contains the information needed. 4. The EAGLE STP forwards the query via an SCCP message to the 800 database on the SCP. 5. The SCP processes the query. 6. SCP sends response containing the routing information to the EAGLE STP where it is MTP routed back to the SSP. 7. The originating SSP sends an Initial Address Message (IAM) or ISUP setup message to establish a circuit connection to the destination SSP. The EAGLE STP through switches an IAM or ISUP setup message to the destination SSP to complete the end-to-end circuit connection. 8. The destination SSP sends an Address Complete Message (ACM) to acknowledge the circuit completion and that ringing is being sent to the called party. 9. The voice trunk circuit identified in the Initial Address Message (IAM) is cut through by the time the ACM has been sent to the originating SSP. 10. Called party rings and goes off hook. 11. The destination SSP sends an Answer Message (ANM) as soon as Called Party goes off-hook. 12. The Calling Party goes on-hook and a Release Message (REL) is sent by originating SSP to the destination SSP. 13. A Release Complete (RLC) is sent by destination SSP to the originating SSP to return the voice circuits to an idle condition.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

35

36

Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

36

Module 1 Review

1. The SS7 Signaling Network is configured separately from the voice network. True or False 2. Element symbol ____ below represents an STP.

Symbol A

Symbol B

Symbol C

3. STPs and SCPs are typically deployed in pairs. True or False 4. An ________ is a centralized database used to store information such as subscribers services. A. SSP B. STP C. SCP 5. An ________ receives incoming MSUs and directs them to the appropriate destination. A. SSP B. STP C. SCP 6. A or Access links connect an STP and either an SSP or an SCP. True or False 7. ___ links provide connectivity for adjacent SSPs. A Access C Cross F Fully Associated 8. The functional module of the SS7 Protocol that provides GTT capabilities is the ________. A. MTP B. SCCP C. ISUP D. TCAP 9. Which level four protocol is used in wireless networks?

10. The signal unit of the SS7 Protocol used to control link alignment and indicates the status of a signaling point to the remote signaling point is the ________. A. FISU B. LSSU C. MSU

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

37

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

38

Module 2

EAGLE STP Frames and Shelves


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

39

40

Module 2 Objectives
After this Module, you should be able to List and describe the EAGLE STP frames and shelves Explain the EAGLE STP frame and shelf numbering scheme Identify the EAGLE STP Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP) alarm indications Locate and describe the connections on the control shelf and extension shelf backplanes, including the I/O connections

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

40

41

EAGLE Frames

EAGLE Frames This is a partial view of an EAGLE STP system. These are standard floor-mounted frames 7 feet high, 26 inches wide, and 23 5/8th inches deep. Each frame is powered with two -48VDC 60 AMP power feeds that terminate on one of three different types of Fuse Alarm Panels that will be discussed later in this section. Operating temperature of the EAGLE STP is 40F to 100F / 4C to 37C. Short Term Temperature Limits of the EAGLE STP is 23F to 120F / -5C to 48C (no more than 96 consecutive hours and a total of not more than 15 days in one year). For ambient temperatures above 95F / 35C, relative humidity must be less than 80 percent. There are four types of EAGLE frames: Control Frame Extension Frame Miscellaneous Frame General Purpose Frame NOTE: The Operation Support System Application Frame (OAPF) is an optional frame.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

41

42

Control Frame (CF)


Label of this Frame (CF-00) Control Shelf 1st Extension Shelf 2nd Extension Shelf Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP)

The Control Frame (CF) is the principle frame of the EAGLE STP. The Control Frame contains the Control Shelf which is the first shelf in the Control Frame. Up to two Extension Shelves may be added to the Control Frame, each with up to 16 application cards. A maximum of 42 card slots for all types of application modules are supported in the Control Frame. A maximum of 1,344 signaling links are possible in the Control Frame if completely equipped with E5E1/T1 MIM cards. The unique serial number (NT number) of the EAGLE 5 STP may be located at the top of the Control Frame adjacent to the CF-00 lettering. Older systems have the serial number located on the lower center of the Control Shelf backplane.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

42

43

Extension Frames (EF)


Label of this Frame (EF-00) 1st Extension Shelf 2100 2nd Extension Shelf 2200
1

Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP)

3rd Extension Shelf 2300

Extension Frames (EF) are added when more signaling capacity than what is provided by the Control Frame is needed. Up to five Extension Frames are available for the EAGLE STP. These Extension Frames are labeled EF-00 to EF-04. Up to three extension shelves may be mounted in each frame except for EF-04. EF-04 has only one extension shelf located in the top shelf position of the frame. With an 8 bit binary numbering plan there are 256 possible combinations which is the number of card slots found in the EAGLE STP. Control Frame CF-00 has 16 card slots per shelf for a total of 48 card slots. Extension Frames EF-00 through EF-03 have 16 card slots per shelf for a total of 192 card slots. Extension Frame EF-04 has 16 card slots in the top shelf. The total of these card slots is 256, which is why there is only one shelf in the last extension frame EF-04.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

43

44

Miscellaneous Frame (MF)


MF-01

Frame Label

Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP)

DSX Panels

Spare Card Shelf


3-9 miscellaneous frame

The Miscellaneous Frame (MF) is an optional frame. It is typically equipped with a Fuse Alarm Panel (FAP). The Miscellaneous Frame is used to house EAGLE related equipment, such as: Holdover Clock Test Equipment DSX Panels Spare Card shelf Printers Communications Terminal

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

44

45

General Purpose Frame (GPF)


GPF-00

Frame Label Hubs

Breaker Panels

TekServers

General Purpose Frame (GPF) can be used to house equipment for: Multi-Purpose Server for ELAP or EPAP number portability applications Integrated Application Server Integrated Message Feeder (IMF) Integrated Sentinel Sentinel Processor Frame (SPF) Extended Services Platform (ESP) Sentinel Processor Frame (SPF) These frames typically contain the following for EAGLE related applications: 2 Breaker Panels 4 Ethernet Hubs 2 TekServers These frames are numbered GPF-00 through GPF-xx. These frames are also labeled with their specific function (Sentinel, MPS, etc.)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

45

46

Frame End Panel with Alarm Lamp Indicators

Frame End Panel with Alarm Lamp Indicators: Provides -48VDC lamps for critical, major, and minor alarms (bulb part number: 525-0036-02) Connects to row alarm connector (row ALM) on control shelf backplane.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

46

47

Fuse and Alarm Panel Types


Diode Board type
Part number 870-1606-01/02 Part number 870-2320-01

Low Profile Board type


Part number 870-2804-01

Single FAP Board Type


870-0243-08/09

Multiple types of Fuse and Alarm Panels: 870-1606-02 can be used for all EAGLE frames 870-2320-03 can be used for all EAGLE frames 870-2804-01 is used in Control and Extension frames 870-0243-08 is used for Legacy Control and Extension frames See the Installation EAGLE 5 ISS Manual, Chapter 5, for fuse assignments.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

47

48

Fuse and Alarm Panel Front


Diode Board A Jumper Board Alarm Board

P/N 870-1606/2320-XX
Diode Board B

PWR TEST POINT POS POWER ALARM A

CRITICAL MAJOR

PWR TEST POINT POS POWER ALARM B

MINOR PWR TEST POINT NEG OP/MAINT FUSE PWR TEST POINT NEG

Fuse Bank A

Fuse Bank B

Contains 2 Diode Boards which allows A or B power to provide -48 VDC to entire frame in the event one power feed is lost Contains power LEDs which changes from Green to Red when power is interrupted Contains a Jumper Board which enables the removal and test of the diode boards by by-passing the diode boards with a fuse for monthly Maintenance procedures The Alarm Board provides alarm indications for critical, major, minor, and fuses. LEDs indicate operational / maintenance status.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

48

49

FAP Connections Rear View P/N 870-1606/2320-XX


B Pwr Input Control Shelf RALM Connection A Pwr Input

B -48V RET LOGIC GND 12 18 19 20 P1 P2 P3 12 18 19 20 12 18 19 20

Return Chassis ground

12 18 19 20 12 18 19 20 12 18 19 20

-48V RET P1 P2 P3 LOGIC GND

1st Shelf B Side Power Cable 2nd Shelf B Side Power Cable 3rd Shelf B Side Power Cable

Misc. Frame Pwr Connections .

3rd

Shelf A Side Power Cable

2nd Shelf A Side Power Cable 1st Shelf A Side Power Cable

Control Frame Power Connections (A/B): P1 for control shelf (1100) P2 for first extension shelf (1200) P3 for second extension shelf (1300) Extension Frame Power Connections (A/B): P1 for first extension shelf (X100) P2 for second extension shelf (X200) P3 for third extension shelf (X300) Miscellaneous Frame Connections (A/B): 4 wired positions (12, 18, 19, and 20) for A side outputs 4 wired positions (12, 18, 19, and 20) for B side outputs -48 VDC, -48 volt return, and ground for each position Alarm Interface Alarm information from control shelf Provides bi-directional frame alarm information to/from control shelf

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

49

50

Fuse and Alarm Panel 870-2804-01


A Side PWR ALM LED ALARM Status LEDs Shorting Board LED B Side PWR ALM LED

Front A Side FUSE ALM LED B Side -48VDC A Side Fuse Block B Side B Side Fuse Block FUSE ALM LED A Side -48VDC

Diode Board To RALM Connector Alarm Interface P1 P2

Shorting Board

Logic GND

To Pwr Chassis GND Panel

Rear
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 P3

B Side RTN

B Side PWR Output

A Side PWR Output

A Side RTN

The FAP (P/N 870-2804-01) is a low-profile (1U) unit that can be installed in the Control Frame (CF) and the Extension Frame (EF). The Power Alarm LED indicates the input power to the FAP. The LED is green when input power is applied to that bus of the FAP and is red when there is no input power to that bus of the FAP. An unlit Power Alarm indicates a failed LED or no input power to either bus of the FAP. The FAP contains a Diode board and a Shorting board. These boards are located at the front center of the FAP. The FAP also contains two fuse blocks, one to the left (A-side) and one to the right (BSide) of diode and shorting boards, consisting of 20 fuse positions each. The Fuse Alarm LED indicates the failure of a fuse. The diode board in the FAP contains power diodes and circuitry which allow one bus to pick up the entire load when there is a loss of input power on the other bus. The Shorting board allows the removal of the diode board without taking down the system. This permits periodic maintenance of the diodes without having to power down or remove the unit from the shelf. For maintenance operation, the Shorting board has to be removed, flipped over, and reinstalled. In the bypass position, both A and B power is connected to the fuse blocks so the diode board can be safely removed. The Shorting board has an LED which is off when the board is in normal operational mode and is green when in the bypass mode of operation. Further details are found in the Hardware Signaling Products Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

50

51

Fuse and Alarm Panel - Front

P/Ns 870-0243-08/09

CRITICAL

MAJOR

10

20

POWER ALARM

MINOR

POWER ALARM

10

20

g a l F a e R t i s o p y d n o i

s u F n o y a r g a u d r c e l b

a o c g l f e g 2 e A 1 / t e i h w k A 3

o l s r

e 1 0 A 5 . 7 -

e s u f t m g

FUSE ALARM

FuseAlarmPanel-front

Card holder

FAP 870-0243-08 is used for Legacy Control and Extension Frames. FAP 870-0243-09 is used for Legacy Miscellaneous Frames. Fuse Locations 2 separate input circuits, A and B A and B input feeds connected through diodes -48 volts distributed to the other side, if one feed is lost Fuse assignment information located in card holder See Installation EAGLE 5 ISS Manual, Chapter 5 for fuse assignments. Alarm Indicators Fuse alarm LED changes from green to red when a fuse is blown Frame alarm LEDs display critical, major, and minor alarms Power alarm LEDs change from green to red when power is interrupted

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

51

52

FAP Connections Rear View P/Ns 870-0243-08/09


B Pwr Input
- 48 - 48 LOGIC GND RTN TORQUE TO 25 IN-LBS B A LOGIC GND FUSES FUSES FUSES 1 - 6 7 - 12 13 - 18 INTERFACE RTN FUSES FUSES FUSES 1 - 6 7 - 12 13 - 18 TORQUE TO 25 IN-LBS P1 P2 P3 ALARM P1 P2 P3

A Pwr Input
- 48 - 48

1st Shelf B Side Power Cable 2nd Shelf B Side Power Cable 3rd Shelf B Side Power Cable Control Shelf RALM Connection

3rd

Shelf A Side Power Cable

2nd Shelf A Side Power Cable 1st Shelf A Side Power Cable

CF Power Connectors (A/B) (P/N 870-0243-08): P1 for Control Shelf P2 for first extension shelf (1200) P3 for second extension shelf (1300) EF Power Connectors (A/B) (P/N 870-0243-08): P1 for first extension shelf P2 for second extension shelf P3 for third extension shelf MF (P/N 870-0243-09): 20 wired positions for A side outputs 20 wired positions for B side outputs -48 VDC,-48 volt return, and ground for each position Alarm Interface: Alarm information from control shelf Provides bi-directional frame alarm information to/from control shelf

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

52

53

Fuse Alarm Panel Fuse Assignments


Shelf Shelf Shelf 3 2 1 Shelf Shelf Shelf 3 2 1

A Side Fuses

B Side Fuses

F1-Slots 1&2 F2-Slots 5&6 F3-Slot 9 F4-Slots 11&12 F5-Slots 15&16 F6-Blank / Fan F7-Slots 1&2 F8-Slots 5&6 F9-Slot 9 F10-Slots 11&12 F11-Slots 15&16 F12-Blank / Fan F13-Slots 1&2 F14-Slots 5&6 F15-Slot 9 F16-Slots 11&12 F17-Slots 15&16 F18-Blank / Fan

F20-Open F19-Open

Shelf 1

Shelf 2

Shelf 3

F1-Slots 3&4 F2-Slots 7&8 F3-Slot 10 F4-Slots 13&14 F5-Slots 17&18 F6-Blank / Fan F7-Slots 3&4 F8-Slots 7&8 F9-Slot 10 F10-Slots 13&14 F11-Slots 17&18 F12-Blank / Fan F13-Slots 3&4 F14-Slots 7&8 F15-Slot 10 F16-Slots 13&14 F17-Slots 17&18 F18-Blank / Fan

F20-Open F19-Open

Shelf 1

Shelf 2

Shelf 3

The F1 through F18 indicates Fuse position 1 through Fuse position 18. F3, F9 and F15 A & B are One Amp GMT fuses. F6, F12 and F18 A & B are Three Amp GMT fuses if fans are installed. Otherwise they are plastic blanks. All other fuse positions are Three Amp GMT fuses. More details concerning Frame Fuse arrangement are located in Installation EAGLE 5 ISS Manual. GMT stands for Grounded Metallic Thermal (GMT) fuses.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

53

54

EAGLE STP System Numbering Plan


Control Shelf 11
CF-00
CRITICAL

A
POWER ALARM 1 10 20

MAJOR

B
POWER ALARM 1 10 20

MINOR FUSE ALARM

1 1 0 1

1 1 0 2

1 1 0 3

1 1 0 4

1 1 0 5

1 1 0 6

1 1

1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 9 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 7 8 1 1 2 1 0

MCAP A

TDM MCAP TDM MDAL B A B

1 1 1 3

1 1 1 4

1 1 1 5

1 1 1 6

1 1 1 7

1 1 1 8
*

* This location is not used.

Extension Shelf 12 1 2 0 9 1 2 1 0

12

1 2 0 1

1 2 0 2

1 2 0 3

1 2 0 4

1 2 0 5

1 2 0 6

1 2 0 7

1 2 0 8

1 2 1 1

1 2 1 2

1 2 1 3

1 2 1 4

1 2 1 5

1 2 1 6

1 2 1 7

1 2 1 8

13

Extension Shelf 13 1 3 0 9 1 3 1 0

1 3 0 1

1 3 0 2

1 3 0 3

1 3 0 4

1 3 0 5

1 3 0 6

1 3 0 7

1 3 0 8

1 3 1 1

1 3 1 2

1 3 1 3

1 3 1 4

1 3 1 5

1 3 1 6

1 3 1 7

1 3 1 8
T0279

sh 1 1-2-3

Frame Numbering Scheme CF00 (first frame in system) EF00 through EF04 (second through sixth frames in system) EF04 only supports provisioning of the first shelf.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

54

55

EAGLE STP System Numbering Plan


Shelf/Card Numbering
Control shelf - 1100 Extension shelves/slot numbering - frame - shelf in frame 1 - card slot within shelf 2 03 Card slot in shelf (if defined as 00, indicates shelf) Extension shelf 2 in frame (middle) Frame in system (1=CF00, 2=EF00, 3=EF01, 4=EF02 5=EF03, 6=EF04)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

55

56

Control Shelf
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 IMT 09
ALIGN PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B PROC SHELF SHELF IMT A IMT B PROC PROC IMT A IMT B ACT A B 1 2 3 4 0 1 1 2 3 4 PORT PROC IMT A IMT B ACT/ STDBY PROC IMT A IMT B ACT/ STDBY CRICITAL MAJOR MINOR MASP A MASP B

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

A
1 2 3 4

ALIGN SHELF PROC

0 1

HIPR

IMT B IMT B IMT B IMT B PORTS PORTS PORTS PORTS A A A A A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A3 A3 A3 A3 B B B B B1 B1 B1 B1 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B3 B3

PORT 1 PORT 2 EXT PORT

E1/T1 MIM

E5-ATM E5-ATM

MPL-T

E5-ENET

MPL-T

E5-E1/T1

MPL-T

MPL-T

E5-SM4G

GPSM

GPSM

HIPR

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

10 IMT

11

12

13

14

15

16

MDAL

TDM

TDM

Rev.A

17

18

The Control Shelf is always the first shelf (1100) in the EAGLE. The Control Shelf contains all of the Maintenance Administration Subsystem (MAS) cards. The Control Shelf can support up to ten application cards to support such functions as E1s, T1s, Global Title Translations, etc. There are three parts of the Control Shelf discussed on the next four slides: The Maintenance and Administration Modules (Legacy and New E5 modules) The Application Modules The Communication Modules

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

56

57

Maintenance and Administration Modules


01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 IMT 09
ALIGN PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B PROC SHELF SHELF IMT A IMT B PROC PROC IMT A IMT B ACT A B 1 2 3 4 0 1 1 2 3 4 PORT PROC IMT A IMT B ACT/ STDBY PROC IMT A IMT B ACT/ STDBY CRICITAL MAJOR MINOR MASP A MASP B

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

A
1 2 3 4

ALIGN SHELF PROC

0 1

HIPR

IMT B IMT B IMT B IMT B PORTS PORTS PORTS PORTS A A A A A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A3 A3 A3 A3 B B B B B1 B1 B1 B1 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B3 B3

PORT 1 PORT 2 EXT PORT

E1/T1 MIM

E5-ATM E5-ATM

MPL-T

E5-ENET

MPL-T

E5-E1/T1

MPL-T

MPL-T

E5-SM4G

GPSM

GPSM

HIPR

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

10 IMT

11

12

13

14

15

16

MDAL

TDM

TDM

Rev.A

17

18

There are two MAS Processors (MASP A and MASP B). Each MASP consists of one General Purpose Service Module (GPSM-II) and one Terminal Disk Module (TDM). MASP A cards are located in slots 1113 & 1114. MASP B cards are located in slots 1115 & 1116. MASP A and MASP B provide redundancy. One Maintenance Disk and Alarm (MDAL) card in slots 1117 & 1118 serves both MASPs. Note: The MAS detailed here is the legacy MAS that is being replaced by the E5-OAM at Release 40.1.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

57

58

E5-OAM Control Shelf


01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 IMT 09
ALIGN PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B PROC SHELF SHELF IMT A IMT B PROC PROC IMT A IMT B ACT A B 1 2 3 4 0 1 1 2 3 4 PORT CRICITAL MAJOR MINOR MASP A MASP B

11

12 13 14 15

16

17

18

A
1 2 3 4

ALIGN SHELF PROC

B
E5-E1/T1 MIM

0 1

HIPR

IMT B IMT B IMT B IMT B PORTS PORTS PORTS PORTS A A A A A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A3 A3 A3 A3 B B B B B1 B1 B1 B1 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B3 B3

PORT 1 PORT 2 EXT PORT

E5-ENET

E5-E1/T1

E5-SM4G

E5-ATM E5-ATM

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

10 IMT

11

12 13 14 15

16

17

E5-MDAL

MPL-T

MPL-T

MPL-T

MPL-T

HIPR

Rev.A

18

The E5-OAM cards are being introduced in the current EAGLE 5 STP 40.1 Software Release. The E5-OAM Control Shelf is always the first shelf (1100) in the EAGLE. The E5-OAM Control Shelf contains all of the Maintenance Administration Subsystem (MAS) cards. The E5-OAM Control Shelf can support up to ten application cards to support such functions as E1s, T1s, Global Title Translations, etc. There are three parts of the E5-OAM Control Shelf: The E5-OAM Maintenance and Administration Modules The Application Modules The Communication Modules

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

58

59

E5 Maintenance and Administration Modules


01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 IMT 09
ALIGN PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B PROC SHELF SHELF IMT A IMT B PROC PROC IMT A IMT B ACT A B 1 2 3 4 0 1 1 2 3 4 PORT CRICITAL MAJOR MINOR MASP A MASP B

11

12 13 14 15

16

17

18

A
1 2 3 4

ALIGN SHELF PROC

B
E5-E1/T1 MIM

0 1

HIPR

IMT B IMT B IMT B IMT B PORTS PORTS PORTS PORTS A A A A A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A3 A3 A3 A3 B B B B B1 B1 B1 B1 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B3 B3

PORT 1 PORT 2 EXT PORT

E5-ENET

E5-E1/T1

E5-SM4G

E5-ATM E5-ATM

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

10 IMT

11

12 13 14 15

16

17

E5-MDAL

MPL-T

MPL-T

MPL-T

MPL-T

HIPR

Rev.A

18

There are two MAS Processors (MASP A and MASP B). Each MASP consists of a double slotted E5-OAM card made up of one E5-Maintenance Communication Application Processor (E5-MCAP) and one E5-Terminal Disk Module (E5-TDM). MASP A card is located in slots 1113 & 1114. MASP B card is located in slots 1115 & 1116. MASP A and MASP B provide redundancy. One E5-Maintenance Disk and Alarm (E5-MDAL) card in slots 1117 & 1118 serves both MASPs. Note: The E5-MDAL only supports the alarm function and not the Maintenance Disk function. Further details on these new cards is found in Module 3 Lesson 1.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

59

60

Application Modules
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 IMT 09
ALIGN PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B PROC SHELF SHELF IMT A IMT B PROC PROC IMT A IMT B ACT A B 1 2 3 4 0 1 1 2 3 4 PORT CRICITAL MAJOR MINOR MASP A MASP B

11

12 13 14 15

16

17

18

A
1 2 3 4

ALIGN SHELF PROC

B
E5-E1/T1 MIM

0 1

HIPR

IMT B IMT B IMT B IMT B PORTS PORTS PORTS PORTS A A A A A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A3 A3 A3 A3 B B B B B1 B1 B1 B1 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B3 B3

PORT 1 PORT 2 EXT PORT

E5-ENET

E5-E1/T1

E5-SM4G

E5-ATM E5-ATM

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

10 IMT

11

12 13 14 15

16

17

E5-MDAL

MPL-T

MPL-T

MPL-T

MPL-T

HIPR

Rev.A

18

Application cards may be provisioned in slots 1101 1108, and 1111-1112. The application cards are capable of communicating with other cards through the redundant IMT buses. A Communications Processor on each application card provides control of communications from the cards to the IMT buses. Software is downloaded to E5-OAM cards, then to the application cards on initial power-up from the MASP. Once the EAGLE 5 STP is loaded, software is downloaded to cards by the Generic Loader Services (GLS) and Operation Administration and Maintenance (OAM). An Application Processor receives the software load on the application card. The type of software the AP receives depends on the function of the application board which is determined by the provisioning of the board. Presently, there are several types of application cards that support specific functions: Link Interface Modules (LIM) Multi-Port Link Interface Modules (MPL) High Capacity Multi-Channel Interface Modules (HCMIM) Enhanced Database Communications Modules (EDCM) Translation Service Modules (TSM) Database Service Modules (DSM) E5 Multi-Channel Interface Modules (E5 E1/T1) E5-SM4G Database Service Module E5-ATM E5-ENET E5-IPSM

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

60

61

Communication Modules
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 IMT 09
ALIGN PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A PROC IMT A IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B PROC SHELF SHELF IMT A IMT B PROC PROC IMT A IMT B ACT A B 1 2 3 4 0 1 1 2 3 4 PORT CRICITAL MAJOR MINOR MASP A MASP B

11

12 13 14 15

16

17

18

A
1 2 3 4

ALIGN SHELF PROC

B
E5-E1/T1 MIM

0 1

HIPR

IMT B IMT B IMT B IMT B PORTS PORTS PORTS PORTS A A A A A1 A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A3 A3 A3 A3 B B B B B1 B1 B1 B1 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B3 B3

PORT 1 PORT 2 EXT PORT

E5-ENET

E5-E1/T1

E5-SM4G

E5-ATM E5-ATM

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

10 IMT

11

12 13 14 15

16

17

E5-MDAL

MPL-T

MPL-T

MPL-T

MPL-T

HIPR

Rev.A

18

Communications Modules are an integral part of the Interprocessor Message Transport (IMT) Bus. The IMT bus is the main communication artery within the EAGLE STP. The IMT bus utilizes High Speed Multiplexer Cards (HMUX), or High Speed Packet Router Cards (HIPR) for two independent high speed 1Gbps buses within the IMT bus. The two independent high speed 1Gbps IMT buses are labeled IMT Bus A and IMT Bus B. IMT Bus A is supported by either HMUX or HIPR bus cards in Control Shelf card slot 1109. IMT Bus B is supported by either HMUX or HIPR bus cards in Control Shelf card slot 1110. HIPR cards are required in any shelf where any E5 cards are provisioned. Card slot 09 supports IMT bus A and card slot 10 supports IMT B in every shelf in the EAGLE STP.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

61

62

Control Shelf Backplanes P/Ns 850-0330-06


Used in EAGLE STP systems only Used with HMUX and HIPR IMT Bus cards

The Control Shelf backplane provides:


Connectivity for the system circuit cards -48 VDC power and ground to all card positions

See the EAGLE Hardware Manual, Chapter 3 and the Installation EAGLE 5 ISS manual Appendix B for backplane connector information.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

62

63

Control Shelf Backplane


B POWER B P OWER B FAN POWE R J8 A FAN PO WER J9

P/N 850-0330-06
A POWE R A POWER SEC ONDARY PRIMARY J10 J1 1

SECONDARY RALM1

GP02

On the Control Shelf backplane, note the locations of: Power distribution Alarm connectors System clock connectors Building Integrated Time System (BITS) connectors RS-232 interfaces provided by serial I/O ports Interface connections for application modules IMT connectors Shelf clock connectors NT number - unique system serial number. This may also be located on the front of the Control Frame adjacent to the CF-00 lettering or may be obtained by entering the rtrv-serial-num command. Fan Power Connectors

J1 PRIMARY J12 J14 J32 RALM2 RALM3 RALM 6 J 46 J60 J67 RALM7

J2 BCLK0 J 47 J62 BCLK4 J3 J16 BCLK 2 J15 LMC


J 69

GNP PORT 2

GNP POR T 1

J5

J23 A IMT IN

J4

ACLK0

J6

J7

J13 RALM0 RALM4 J61 J68 RALM5

MMI 0

MMI 1 MMI 2 MMI 3

MMI 4

MMI 5

MMI 6

MMI 7

J21 ACLK 2

J17 ENET 2

ENET 1

J18 BCLK 1 ROW ALM

J20 ACLK 1 PORT 12A

J19 CUST ALM 1

J 24

J 25

J 28

J 27

J 29

J 30

J22 A IMT OU T

J 26

J 31

PORT 11A

J 42 POR T 4A

J 38 PORT 8A

J 43 PORT 3A

J 39 PO RT 7A

PO RT 2A

PORT 6A

PORT 1A

PO RT 5A

OAP ALM

J33 RMC BCLK3 BCLK 5 J63 J70

J36

J37

J35

J 34 J 48 Sec ondary Bits

J 45

J 40

J 41

J 44

J50 PORT 12B

J 49 Primary Bits J65 ACLK3 J72 ACLK 5

POR T 11B

PO RT 4B

PORT 8B

PO RT 7B

J58 PO RT 2B

PO RT 6B

PO RT 1B

PO RT 3B

PORT 5B

J 51

J57

J59

J52

J53

J54

J55

J56

J 66 CUST ALM 2

J64 ACLK4
GP0I

J75 B IMT IN

GPS1

J74 B IMT OU T

J71

J76

J73

J79

J81

MMI 8

MMI 9 MMI 10 MMI 11 MMI 1 2 MMI 13 MMI 14 MMI 15

CONTROL SHELF BAC KPLAN E

J77

J80

J 82

J 78

J 83

ASSY 850- 0330-06

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

63

64

EAGLE BITS and High Speed Clock Routing


optional hold-over clock BITS signal HS signal

Control Shelf Backplane


64Kbps BITS Composite Clock T1 or E1 HS Timing Source 1.544Mbps or 2.048 Mbps

J 49

Primary BITS

64Kbps BITS Composite Clock T1 or E1 HS Timing Source 1.544Mbps or 2.048 Mbps

J 48

Secondary BITS

BITS Building Integrated Timing System may be comprised of the following: 64Kbps, 1.544Mbps composite BITS signals (ANSI) 64Kbps, 2.048Mbps composite BITS signals (ITU) These clock inputs connect to the EAGLE 5 STP through two DB-15 connectors on control shelf backplane primary BITS (J49) and secondary BITS (J48) connectors. Clocking is distributed to the rest of the EAGLE 5 STP by the TDMs as: Clock A Clock B The 64Kbps timing signal is used by LIMs for X.25 and SS7 DS0A ANSI or ITU signaling links, with each LIM selecting either clock A or clock B for its own use. The 1.544Mbps timing signal is used by LIM-ATM , E5-ATM, E1/T1 MIM, E5-E1/T1 MIM, and HCMIM for ANSI networks. The 2.048Mbps timing signal is used by E1-ATM, E5-ATM, LIM-E1, E1/T1 MIM, E5-E1/T1 MIM and HC-MIM for ITU networks. The EAGLE 5 STP supports up to two 64Kbps and two 1.544Mbps at the same time in the ANSI network. The EAGLE 5 STP supports up to two 64Kbps and two 2.048Mbps at the same time in the ITU network. The 1.544Mbps and 2.048Mbps can never be present in the EAGLE 5 STP at the same time.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

64

65

Extension Shelf
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 IMT 09 11
ALIGN SHELF SHELF IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B PROC IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B IMT A IMT B

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

HIPR

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

A
1 2 3 4

ALIGN SHELF PROC

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

E5-E1/T1

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

10 11 IMT

HIPR

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

The second and third shelves of the Control Frame are called Extension Shelves. Extension shelves populate all Extension Frames in the EAGLE STP lineup. These shelves provide support of up to 16 cards of all types, both single and double slot application cards (modules).

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

E5-E1/T1

65

66

Extension Shelf Backplanes


P/N 850-0356-01/02
Used in early EAGLE STP systems Card slot numbering on backplane is different from front to back for slots 11-18

P/N 850-0356-03
Used in EAGLE and IP7 Secure Gateway systems Card slot numbering on backplane is different from front to back for slots 11-18 Secondary connections for A and B power are added to this backplace (J45 and J46)

P/N 850-0356-04/06
Card slot numbering matches on front and back of backplane
See the EAGLE Hardware Signaling Products Manual, Chapter 3, for backplane connector information.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

66

67

Extension Shelf Backplanes 850-0356-01/02

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

67

68

Extension Shelf Backplane 850-0356-03

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

68

69

Extension Shelf Backplane 850-0356-04/06

On the Extension Shelf backplane, note the locations of: Power distribution Fan Power Connections Interface connections for application modules IMT connectors Shelf clock connectors

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

69

70

EAGLE Clock Routing A Clock


CF-00
A CLK-5 A CLK-4 A CLK-3 A CLK-2 A CLK-1 A CLK-0 A CLK IN A CLK OUT A CLK IN A CLK OUT A CLK IN A CLK OUT A CLK IN A CLK OUT A CLK IN A CLK OUT

EF-00
A CLK IN A CLK OUT

EF-01
A CLK IN A CLK OUT

EF-02
A CLK IN A CLK OUT

EF-03
A CLK IN A CLK OUT

EF-04
A CLK IN A CLK OUT

A CLK IN A CLK OUT

A CLK IN A CLK OUT

A CLK IN A CLK OUT

A CLK IN A CLK OUT

A CLK IN A CLK OUT

Each frame has its own A clock source that originates on the Control Shelf. A-Clock 0 provides clocking for the Control Frame A-Clock 1 provides clocking for the first Extension Frame A-Clock 2 provides clocking for the second Extension Frame A-Clock 3 provides clocking for the third Extension Frame A-Clock 4 provides clocking for the fourth Extension Frame A-Clock 5 provides clocking for the fifth Extension Frame The clock cable connects between a specific clock connector on the Control Shelf and the ACLK IN connector of the first shelf for a specific frame. It is then distributed from shelf to shelf in the same frame using the A-CLK IN and OUT connectors.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

70

71

EAGLE Clock Routing B Clock


CF-00
B CLK-5 B CLK-4 B CLK-3 B CLK-2 B CLK-1 B CLK-0 B CLK IN B CLK OUT B CLK IN B CLK OUT B CLK IN B CLK OUT B CLK IN B CLK OUT B CLK IN B CLK OUT

EF-00

EF-01

EF-02

EF-03

EF-04

B CLK IN B CLK OUT

B CLK IN B CLK OUT

B CLK IN B CLK OUT

B CLK IN B CLK OUT

B CLK IN B CLK OUT

B CLK IN B CLK OUT

B CLK IN B CLK OUT

B CLK IN B CLK OUT

B CLK IN B CLK OUT

B CLK IN B CLK OUT

Each frame has its own B clock source that originates on the Control Shelf. B-Clock 0 provides clocking for the Control Frame B-Clock 1 provides clocking for the first Extension Frame B-Clock 2 provides clocking for the second Extension Frame B-Clock 3 provides clocking for the third Extension Frame B-Clock 4 provides clocking for the fourth Extension Frame B-Clock 5 provides clocking for the fifth Extension Frame The clock cable connects between a specific clock connector on the Control Shelf and the BCLK IN connector of the first shelf for a specific frame. It is then distributed from shelf to shelf in the same frame using the B-CLK IN and OUT connectors.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

71

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

72

73

Learning Activities

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

73

74

Learning Activity 1: Cables and Connectors


Provides demonstration and hands-on practice with the EAGLE STP Installation Manual and the EAGLE STP for becoming familiar with the location and function of backplane cables and connectors. After completing this exercise, the student will be able to locate backplane cables and connectors on diagrams and laboratory equipment, and identify the specific connector designation. Materials, Equipment, and References EAGLE STP Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE STP Installation Manual STOP and allow the instructor to verify your work.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

74

Learning Activity 1: Cables and Connectors Instructor Demonstration Note location of necessary information in the user documentation. Demonstrate the proper use of the Anti-Static Wrist Strap and Ground Cord. Identify the location and state the function of cables and connectors on the EAGLE backplanes. Learning Activity 1, Assignment A Answer the following questions by researching the appropriate user documentation. 1. Which connector on the control shelf supplies the A Clock for the Control Frame? 2. Which connector on the control shelf supplies the A Clock for EF00? 3. Which connector on the control shelf supplies the B Clock for EF01? 4. Which connector does the Primary BITS Clock plug into? 5. Terminal 5 plugs into which connector? 6. Into which connector does a signalling link associated with card location 1111, port B plug? 7. How is the connector labeled for card location 1111, port A? 8. Into which connector does a signalling link associated with card location 1201, port A plug? 9. Into which connector does a signalling link associated with card location 1218, port A plug? 10. Which connector, on the control shelf, supplies the B Clock to the first extension shelf of the Control Frame? 11. Which connector, on the 1st extension shelf, supplies the A clock to the 2nd extension shelf on frame CF00? 12. Into which connector does the IMT B bus Out cable, from the control shelf, plug on the extension shelf on frame CF00? 13. The Row Alarm is connected to which connector? 14. Into which connector, does the external alarm/customer alarm 1 cable plug?

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

75

Learning Activity 1, Assignment B NOTE: Make sure you have an Anti-Static Wrist Strap on and tested prior to touching the equipment. Using the documentation and equipment available in the laboratory: Locate the connectors you have just identified in Assignment A on the EAGLE equipment backplanes. Locate and highlight the location of each connector on the Control and Extension shelf drawings found in the preceding pages of the presentation. STOP and allow the instructor to verify your work.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

76

77

Learning Activity 2: Cables and Cards


Provides demonstration and hands-on practice with the Installation Manual EAGLE 5 ISS and the EAGLE STP for performing procedures associated with: The location and connection of backplane cables The identification, location, and physical installation of selected control shelf cards After completing this exercise, the student will be able to: Locate disconnected cables and connect them to the appropriate backplane connectors. Install cards in their appropriate shelf slots. Materials, Equipment, and References EAGLE STP Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE STP Installation Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

77

Learning Activity 2, Assignment A Answer the following questions by researching the appropriate user documentation. 1. Which connector supplies the A Power/A Primary Power to the control shelf on frame CF00? 2. In which card slots are the GPSM-II cards found? 3. In which card slots are the TDM cards found? 4. Into which connector does the IMT A bus Out cable plug on the control shelf on frame CF00? 5. Into which connector does the IMT A bus Out cable from the control shelf plug on the extension shelf on frame CF00? 6. In which card slots are the HMUX cards found on the control shelf on frame CF00? 7. Into which connector does the alarm cable, from the FAP on frame CF00, plug? STOP and review all answers with the instructor prior to beginning Assignment B. Learning Activity 2, Assignment B 1. Wait for your instructor to prepare the EAGLE for this assignment. 2. Make sure you attach to the Anti-Static Wrist Strap prior to touching the equipment. 3. Using the documentation and equipment available in the laboratory: 4. Locate the disconnected cables and attach them to the appropriate connectors on the backplanes. 5. Using the Installation Manual, replace all fuses in the correct slots by amp size, as well as plastic blanks. If a shelf has fans, be sure to insert the fan fuses. 6. Install the MAS cards in the control shelf, and HMUX cards in all shelves of the Control frame. 7. Wait for the EAGLE MAS cards to initialize. 8. Login to the EAGLE using the following user ID and password: login:uid=eagle , password=eagle 9. Enter the command, rept-stat-card, to determine the location of the LIM cards provisioned in the STP. Install these cards in the correct slots. 10. Enter the command, rept-stat-trbl, to determine if there are any alarms that may be present in the STP. If there are any problems present, notify the instructor. 11. STOP and allow the instructor to verify your work

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

78

79

Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

79

Module 2 Review 1. How many Serial I/O ports are provided on the EAGLE 5 STP? ________ 2. If the customer supplied input power for FAP side A trips, do you lose 48 VDC to all cards being fed from side A? _________ 3. What are the frame types of the EAGLE STP? _____________ ______________ _______________ ______________ 4. Card 1102 is located in which? frame________shelf_________card slot___________ 5. How many BITS clock inputs are provided in the EAGLE STP? A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4 6. How are the clocks in the question above labeled? _____________________________________________ 7. How are the serial I/O ports labeled on the Control Shelf backplane? ____________________________________ 8. Which manual(s) would list the fuse locations and amperage of each fuse type? __________________________ 9. What is the purpose of the Jumper Board of the Fuse & Alarm Panel 8701606-02? ________________________ 10. In which slots are all the IMT Bus modules located? __________________________________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

80

Module 3

Subsystems and Cards


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

81

82

Module 3
This Module contains the following lessons: Lesson 1 Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Lesson 2 Communication Subsystem Lesson 3 Application Subsystem

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

82

Module 3 Lesson 1

Maintenance and Administration Subsystem


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

83

84

Lesson 1 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to: Describe the functions of the modules/cards that make up the Maintenance and Administration Subsystem (MAS) The modules of the legacy MAS are:
General Purpose Service Module II (GPSM II) Terminal Disk Module (TDM) Maintenance Disk Alarm Module (MDAL)

The modules of the E5-OAM MAS are:


E5- MAS Processor Module (E5-MASP) E5-Maintenance Disk Alarm Module (E5-MDAL)
Maintenance and Administration Subsystem (MAS) Provides services to the other subsystems such as Maintenance communications, Measurements, Peripheral services, Alarm processing and System disks Consists of the following system processor cards through Release 40.0: General Purpose Service Module (GPSM II) Terminal Disk Module (TDM) Maintenance Disk Alarm Module (MDAL) Consists of the following system processor cards after Release 40.0: E5-based Maintenance Communication Application Processor (E5-MCAP) E5-based Terminal Disk Module (E5-TDM) E5-based Maintenance Disk and Alarm card (E5-MDAL)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

84

85

Maintenance and Administration Subsystem


16 I/O Ports Workstation Workstation

EBI MASP A

EBI MASP B

GPSM II 1113

TDM 1114

GPSM II
1115

TDM 1116

MDAL 1117
SCSI

SCSI

IMT

A B

MPL

E5-E1/T1

E5-ATM

TSM

E5-ENET

E5-SM-4G

The MAS detailed here is the legacy MAS that is being replaced by the E5-OAM at Release 40.1. The MAS consists of: MASP A - GPSMII card in location 1113 and TDM card in location 1114 MASP B - GPSMII card in location 1115 and TDM card in location 1116 MDAL - in location 1117/1118 There is an Extended Bus Interface (EBI), which is a Small Computer Serial Interface (SCSI) bus providing the connection between the associated GPSM-IIs and TDMs of both MASPs. One MASP is always active and the other is always in the standby mode. If a problem occurs with one of the cards in the active MASP, the two MASPs will switch activity instantly with no adverse effect on MSU processing. Any users logged in at the time of the MASP swap will be logged out and will need to log back into the system. Unsolicited Alarm Message (UAM) 0176 will be generated every time a MASP swap occurs. UAMs will be discussed in Module 7. The EAGLE 5 STP is capable of operating fully with only one set of MASP cards in the system. At the time of a MASP failure, or the removal of one of the MASP cards, the EAGLE begins a simplex timer that runs for approximately 3 minutes. During the timeout of the simplex timer, only rept-stat commands may be entered in the EAGLE 5 STP. If the removed or defective card is not replaced before the simplex timer times out, the EAGLE will switch to simplex operation mode. During the simplex operation mode, all operations of the EAGLE may be completely performed. The EAGLE will generate a message for every command entry indicating the EAGLE is in the simplex operation mode as it completes the command. After the defective or removed MASP card is replaced, the system will revert back to the duplex operation mode within 3 minutes of the card replacement.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

85

86

GPSM-II General Purpose Service Module


16 I/O Ports Workstation Workstation

EBI MASP A

EBI MASP B

GPSM II 1113

TDM 1114

GPSM II
1115

TDM 1116

MDAL 1117
SCSI

SCSI

IMT

A B

MPL

E5-E1/T1

E5-ATM

TSM

E5-ENET

E5-SM-4G

The GPSM-II is based on the single-slot Enhanced Data Service Module (EDSM) card with the addition of one GB of expansion memory. The GPSM-II card is the only MAS card connected to the IMT buses. The GPSM-II is downloaded with Operations, Administration and Maintenance (OAM) software. It is connected to the TDM by the Extended Bus Interface (EBI). The active processor GPSM-II polls all EAGLE STP modules every second for health and sanity checks (alarm information). The active GPSM-II polls all application cards for Measurements Reports - details discussed in the TK175 EAGLE Measurements Course. When alarm conditions are detected during health checks, the GPSM-II passes the Alarm data to the TDM via the EBI bus. The active GPSM-II receives and executes commands for the EAGLE 5 STP.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

86

87

GPSM-II LED Description


LEDs APPL PROC IMT A/B Descriptions RED- OAM Software load incomplete GREEN OAM Software load complete RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating

APPL PROC IMT A IMT B PORT A PORT B

JTAG

PORT A RED OAM Software load incomplete GREEN OAM Software load complete
Rev.A

PORT B RED OAM Software load incomplete GREEN OAM Software load complete

TK145v9.7

GPSM II

For Training Purposes Only

87

88

TDM Terminal Disk Module


16 I/O Ports Workstation Workstation

EBI MASP A

EBI MASP B

GPSM II 1113

TDM 1114

GPSM II
1115

TDM 1116

MDAL 1117
SCSI

SCSI

IMT

A B

MPL

E5-E1/T1

E5-ATM

TSM

E5-ENET

E5-SM-4G

The TDM provides storage of system software, database configuration, and measurement data on a hard drive of varying sizes according to the specific revision of the TDM. The TDM provides access to all peripherals attached to the EAGLE such as: terminals printers modems Another very important function of the TDM, not found in the name of the card, is that it is responsible for system clock distribution.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

88

89

TDM LED Description


LEDs Active / Standby Descriptions RED Card is resetting, hardware and software are not currently configured GREEN- Active Processor TDM AMBER Flashing Standby Processor TDM

Active Standby

TK145v9.7

TDM-GTI

Rev.A

For Training Purposes Only

89

90

TDM
Alarms GPSM A clock B clock to Shelf to Shelf BITS Clock Primary Secondary
A MASP TDM B MASP TDM

16 I/O Ports EBI

Clock Distributor

I/O Controller

TDM
- 48V

SCSIs

Disk

+12V Power +5V

SCSI to other TDM

SCSI to MDAL

Since the TDM is responsible for clock distribution it uses the Primary and Secondary BITS clock inputs and distributes one of those BITS clock inputs (default-Primary BITS) to all EAGLE frames CF-00 through EF-04 as Clock A or Clock B. MASP A TDM 1114 distributes the BITS signal to all A clock connectors on the control shelf backplane. MASP B TDM 1116 distributes the BITS signal to all B clock connectors on the control shelf backplane. Customers with DS0 links must use 64Kbps BITS clocks for synchronization. High Speed 1.544 or 2.048 Mbps BITS clocks are optional for customers using E1s or T1s for signaling links. The active processor TDM provides visual alarm data on all terminals (I/O ports) configured as type VT320. All 16 RS-232 terminals (I/O ports) on the EAGLE 5 STP are controlled by the active MASP TDM. The TDMs have a SCSI bus Alarm interface to the MDAL card for audible and visual frame alarm processing. The TDMs have another SCSI bus used to update hard drive data between the active and standby processor TDMs. Data storage on the TDM disk drive is divided into four partitions: 1. Backup Data 2. Current Data 3. Measurements 4. Generic Program Load.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

90

91

MDAL Maintenance Disk and Alarm Card


16 I/O Ports Workstation Workstation

EBI MASP A

EBI MASP B

GPSM II 1113

TDM 1114

GPSM II
1115

TDM 1116

MDAL 1117
SCSI

SCSI

IMT

A B

MPL

E5-E1/T1

E5-ATM

TSM

E5-ENET

E5-SM-4G

The MDAL card is a multi-layered circuit card that provides the system with removable cartridge data storage and alarm processing from the active MASP. This card contains the audible alarm for the EAGLE 5 STP. It is a double slot card located in slot 1117. The MDAL is shared by both MASPs for alarm processing and some database management procedures. The MDAL supports removable disk data storage. A 2.3 gigabyte two-sided, removable disk (P/N 870-0773-04/05) is used with the MDAL for backups, restores, and EAGLE 5 STP software upgrades. Only side A is supported by Tekelec. Insert disk with the A side facing to the right. CAUTION! Do not leave the MO disk in the drive for an extended period of time. Exposure to heat may affect execution of backup/restore operations.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

91

92

MDAL LED Description

CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR MASP A MASP B

LEDs CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR MASP A MASP B

Descriptions RED Critical Alarm condition detected GREEN No Alarm RED Major Alarm condition detected GREEN No Alarm AMBER Minor Alarm condition detected GREEN No Alarm GREEN MASP A is the active MASP OFF MASP A is the standby MASP GREEN MASP B is the active MASP OFF MASP B is the standby MASP

TK145v9.7

MDAL

Rev.A

For Training Purposes Only

92

93

MDAL Alarm Distribution


FAPs RMC LMC

LEDs Alarm

Critical Major

GPSM

Minor MASP-A

Audible Alarm

TDM

MASP-B

SCSI

Alarm Distributor

I/O

Disk
-48V
Power

+5V

EAGLE Alarms are generated as the active MASP GPSM-II polls every card in the EAGLE. The GPSM-II passes the alarm information to its associated TDM. The TDM passes the alarm information to the MDAL via the Alarm Data SCSI Bus. The MDAL distributes the visual alarm information as critical, major, and minor alarms to: MDAL card LEDs FAP of each affected EAGLE 5 STP frame End panel with alarm lamps Local maintenance center (LMC) Remote maintenance center (RMC) The MDAL has the EAGLE audible alarm to notify the user of the incoming alarm. The MDAL also sends the audible alarm signal to the LMC and RMC connectors. The MDAL also indicates by green LED which MASP, A or B is active.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

93

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

94

95

E5-Maintenance and Administration Subsystem


16 I/O Ports Workstation Workstation

MASP A
E5-MASP E5-MCAP PCI Bus
Flash Drive Credit Card Drive

MASP B
E5-MASP E5-TDM E5-MCAP PCI Bus E5-TDM

E5-MDAL
Fixed SATA Disk

1117/1118 I2C interface

Flash Drive Credit Card Drive

Fixed SATA Disk

1113/1114 A B IMT

1115/1116 A B

MPL

E5-E1/T1

E5-ATM

TSM

E5-ENET

E5-SM-4G

The new E5-MAS is introduced at EAGLE 5 STP release 40.1 and consists of: MASP A - E5-MASP comprised of E5-MCAP and E5-TDM card in slots 1113 and 1114 MASP B - E5-MASP comprised of E5-MCAP and E5-TDM card in slots 1115 and 1116 E5-MDAL - in slots 1117/1118 There is a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express Bus providing the connection between the E5-MCAP and E5-TDM of each MASP. One MASP is always active and the other is always in the standby mode. If a problem occurs with the active MASP, the two MASPs will switch activity instantly with no adverse effect on MSU processing. Any users logged in at the time of the MASP swap will be logged out and will need to log back into the system. Unsolicited Alarm Message (UAM) 0176 will be generated every time a MASP swap occurs. UAMs will be discussed in Module 7. The EAGLE 5 STP is capable of operating fully with only one E5-MASP in the system. At the time of a E5-MASP failure, or the removal of one of the E5-MASP cards, the EAGLE begins a simplex timer that runs for approximately 3 minutes. During the timeout of the simplex timer, only rept-stat commands may be entered in the EAGLE 5 STP. If the removed or defective card is not replaced before the simplex timer times out, the EAGLE will switch to simplex operation mode. During the simplex operation mode, all operations of the EAGLE may be completely performed. The EAGLE will generate a message for every command entry indicating the EAGLE is in the simplex operation mode as it completes the command. After the defective or removed 5-MASP card is replaced, the system will revert back to the duplex. operation mode within 3 minutes of the card replacement. The E5-MASP require HIPR cards to be installed in the 1109 and 1110 slots. There is a bidirectional I2C physical interface between the E5-OAM card and the E5-MDAL.This interface allows alarm update information to be sent to the E5-MDAL from the active E5-OAM card.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

95

96

E5-MASP Card Description

SW-1

SW-2 SW-3

The E5-MASP is a replacement for the legacy GPSM-II and TDM cards. It contains all of the necessary logic to perform both application and communication processing of the data streams provided by the EAGLE 5 STP. The E5-MASP card is a single dual-card assembly of the E5-MCAP card mated to an E5-TDM card. The E5-MASP is a dual-card/dual-slot assembly occupying slots 1113/1114 and 1115/1116 of the control shelf. Interfacing between the E5-MCAP and E5-TDM on the E5-MASP card is through an onboard PCI express bus. The E5-Maintenance Communication Application Processor (E5-MCAP) card replaces the GPSM-II at Release 40.1 and contains the following: One latched USB port for use with removable flash media thumb drive to replace the legacy Magneto-Optic (M.O.) removable Disk. Used for database backups and restores One flush mounted USB port for use with a plug-in credit card size flash drive. Used for Software upgrades and disaster recovery

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

96

E5-OAM Card Description (contd)


The E5-MASP card provides faceplate switch interfaces for the following devices: SW-1 is used to notify system software that the removable drive is about to be unplugged, or is plugged in and ready for use. SW-2 is used to notify system software that the fixed SATA drive is about to be unplugged or is plugged in and ready for use. SW-3 is used to notify system software that the card is about to be removed and software will begin to gracefully shut down the card. The E5-Terminal Disk Module (E5-TDM) contains one fixed SATA solid state drive that is removable and provides storage of system software, database configuration, and measurement data. The E5-TDM contains three major subsystems: Terminal Processor Subsystem provides EAGLE 5 STP with 16 user-accessible terminals System Clock Subsystem distributes Composite Clock and High Speed Master clock throughout the EAGLE 5 STP. SATA Subsystem distributes Shelf ID throughout the EAGLE 5 STP and disk storage for the E5-MCAP. The E5-MASP provides thermal management and alarm provisions to protect the card from damage due to overheating. It is designed to operate with natural convection cooling and does not require a fan tray for cooling.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

97

98

USB Removable Media Operation

The following procedure is recommended for removing the removable USB thumb drive in the E5MASP card: 1. Move the SW-1 from the Locked to the Unlocked position and wait for the LED to indicate a steady blue state. When SW-1 is transitioned from locked to unlocked, the LED will flash blue to indicate the drive is unlocked and the shutdown process is incomplete. Removal of the USB drive prior to the LED indicating steady Blue could result in drive corruption. 2. When the LED indicates a steady blue state, the removable USB drive can be safely removed. The LED is off when the cartridge is fully ejected from the drive. 3. The USB thumb drive can now be safely removed from the drive. 4. Lift the Removable Drive Access door up, swing it past the detent position so that the door remains open on its own. 5. Grasp the pull tab of the slide and pull the slide out slowly until it stops ( about inch). Caution: The full travel of the slide is less than an inch, do not try to pull the assembly to expose the full length of the thumb drive as this is beyond the slides design. 6. The USB drive is disengaged and can be taken from the inject/eject assembly.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

98

USB Removable Media Operation (contd)


The following procedure is recommended for inserting the removable USB thumb drive: 1. Insert a USB thumb drive into the removable drive door inject-eject assembly. 2. Grasp the pull tab of the slide and push the slide in slowly until it stops (about inch). 3. Close the access door. 4. Move SW-1 from the unlocked to the LOCKED position. 1. When SW-1 is transitioned from unlocked to locked, the LED will flash blue to indicate the drive is locked and in process of coming online. 5. When the LED turns off, the removable USB drive is ready for use.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

99

100

E5-MASP LED Description

Application Processor IMT Bus A/B ACT A

Active/Standby SATA Media Status

Removable Media Status

MASP H/S

Descriptions of the six LEDs visible on the front of the E5-MASP card are on the following slide.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

100

LED

Status Off No power Card is booting Card is loading Card is running Not connected to bus Testing not complete

Description

Application Processor

Red Amber Green Red

IMT A

Amber Green Red

Connected to bus and active Not connected to bus Testing not complete Connected to bus and active Card is not functioning No signal detected Signal detected The card is the active MASP The card is the standby MASP Media is locked and operating WAIT Media is unlocked and in process of shutting down or Media is locked and in process of coming online

IMT B

Amber Green Off

ACT A

Red Green Green

Active / Standby

Blinking Green/Amber Off Blinking Blue

SATA Media Status Steady Blue Off Blinking Blue Removable Media Status Steady Blue Off MASP H/S Blinking Blue Steady Blue Media is unlocked and ready for removal Media is locked and operating WAIT Media is unlocked and in process of shutting down or Media is locked and in process of coming online Media is unlocked and ready for removal Media is unlocked and ready for removal Media is locked and operating WAIT Media is unlocked and in process of shutting down or Media is locked and in process of coming online

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

101

102

E5-MDAL LED Description

CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR MASP A MASP B

LEDs CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR MASP A MASP B

Descriptions RED Critical Alarm condition detected GREEN No Alarm RED Major Alarm condition detected GREEN No Alarm AMBER Minor Alarm condition detected GREEN No Alarm GREEN MASP A is the active MASP OFF MASP A is the standby MASP GREEN MASP B is the active MASP OFF MASP B is the standby MASP

There is only one E5-MDAL card in a control card set and it is shared between the two E5-MASP cards. The E5-MDAL is located in slots 1117 and 1118. The E5-MDAL card performs the following functions: Processes alarm requests Critical, Major and Minor system alarms are provided for up to 6 EAGLE 5 STP frames. Provides the system audible alarm Provides general purpose relays - provide software controlled general purpose outputs the system. Provides fan control if fans are utilized in the EAGLE 5 STP on a per frame basis The E5-MDAL does not contain a disk drive. for

TK145v9.7

E5-MDAL

Rev.1

For Training Purposes Only

102

103

E5-MDAL Alarm Distribution


FAPs RMC LMC

LEDs Alarm

Critical Major

E5-MCAP

Minor

E5-MASP
E5-TDM

MASP-A MASP-B

Audible Alarm

IMT Bus

Alarm Distributor

I/O

-48V

Power

+5V

When the active E5-MCAP card detects a problem, it will send alarm information to the E5-TDM that will send the alarm information to the I/O ports and to the E5-MDAL. The E5-MDAL will distribute the alarm information to the LEDs on the E5-MDAL, to the RMC and LMC connectors and also to the FAP of the frame (s) where the problem (s) were detected. The E5-MDAL will also sound the EAGLE 5 STP audible alarm.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

103

104

Module 3 Lesson 1 Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

104

Module 3 Lesson 1 Review


1. What EAGLE STP subsystem includes the GPSM-II and TDM? 2. What card contains the removable drive in the E5-OAM cards? 3. Which EAGLE 5 STP module controls the I/O ports? 4. The TDM is responsible for clock distribution. TRUE / FALSE 5. The GPSM II is based on the single slot EDCM card. TRUE / FALSE 6. The ___________________________ module is responsible for Timing. 7. The ___________________________ module is responsible for visual alarm distribution. 8. The ___________________________ interface provides connectivity for the GPSM II and TDM in each MASP. 9. The ___________________________ provides the interface within the E5MASP card. 10. The EAGLE 5 STP is capable of full operation with only one functioning MASP. TRUE / FALSE 11. The active ______________________________ executes commands for the EAGLE 5 STP.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

105

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

106

Module 3 Lesson 2

Communication Subsystem
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

107

108

Lesson 2 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to: Describe the functions of the modules/cards that make up the Communication Subsystem The modules of the Communication Subsystem are:
High Speed Multiplexer Module (HMUX) High Speed Packet Router Module (HIPR)

The buses found in the Communication Subsystem are:


Inter-processor Message Transport Bus (IMT) Small Computer System Bus (SCSI)

Communications Subsystem Consists of the following two separate sets of buses Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) bus Inter-processor Message Transport (IMT) The Gigabit IMT bus will have one or both of the following bus card types: High Speed Multiplexer (HMUX) High Speed IMT Packet Router (HIPR)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

108

109

HMUX Ring / HIPR Switch Topology


To Individual Slots
HMUX Shelf

HIPR Shelf

Switch Interface with HIPR Cards 125 Mbps

Intershelf IMT Ring 1 Gbps

Shelf Rings with HMUX Cards 125 Mbps

HIPR Shelf

Up to 16 shelf rings
To Individual Slots

HMUX Shelf

There are two different types of IMT bus cards used in the EAGLE 5 STP, the HMUX and HIPR cards. Each card type supports a different bus topology. The two topologies are as follows: HMUX Ring Topology The High-Speed Multiplexer card (HMUX), supports requirements for more than 1500 links 850-0330-06 Control Shelf Backplane required. HMUX cards are required to support the Sentinel / IAS Business Applications Platform, Large Systems and EAGLE Software from release 30.0 and beyond. HIPR Switch Topology

The High-Speed IMT Packet Router (HIPR) Module provides increased IMT bus bandwidth and individual highspeed card/server links. The HIPR enhances the IMT bus by introducing switched 125 Mbps interfaces to each slot within a shelf. Traffic between cards on the same shelf will be switched directly to the destination slot and is not transmitted to any other cards in the shelf. HIPR cards are required in shelves equipped with HC-MIM or any E5 cards. EAGLE 5 STP may contain a mix of HMUX and HIPR cards. EAGLE shelves cannot contain a mix of HMUX and HIPR cards. The HIPR card replaces the legacy low speed shelf ring with a switched design. This move from an intra-shelf ring topology to an inter-shelf switch topology gives a 16 to 1 transmission speed advantage in that a single low speed ring circuit is being replaced with 16 individual switched circuits. The inter-shelf ring connects the shelves together and HIPR cards acts as a gateway between the intra-shelf IMT bus, running at 125 Mbps and the inter-shelf ring operating at 1Gbps. HIPR retains the high speed 1Gbps IMT Channel Ring as a way to ensure interoperability with HMUX equipped shelves.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

109

110

Interprocessor Message Transport Bus (IMT)


EF-00
A IMT OUT B IMT OUT A IMT OUT B IMT OUT A IMT OUT B IMT OUT A IMT IN B IMT IN A IMT IN B IMT IN A IMT IN B IMT IN A IMT OUT B IMT OUT A IMT OUT B IMT OUT A IMT OUT B IMT OUT

CF-00
A IMT IN B IMT IN A IMT IN B IMT IN A IMT IN B IMT IN

This slide represents the counter rotation function of the IMT buses. In the above example, there are only two EAGLE frames. The Control Shelf IMT bus A Out connector is cabled to the bottom (most distant) shelf IMT bus A In connector of EF-00. The bottom shelf of EF-00 IMT bus A out connector is cabled to the middle shelf of EF-00 IMT bus A in connector. The middle shelf of EF-00 IMT bus A out connector is cabled to the top shelf of EF-00 IMT bus A in connector. The top shelf of EF-00 IMT bus A out connector is cabled to the bottom shelf of CF-00 IMT bus A in connector. The bottom shelf of CF-00 IMT bus A out connector is cabled to the middle shelf of CF-00 IMT bus A in connector. The middle shelf of CF-00 IMT bus A out connector is cabled to the top shelf (Control Shelf) IMT bus A in connector. IMT bus B is cabled the exact opposite of IMT A as is represented in this slide.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

110

111

HMUX LED Description

LEDs ALIGN

Descriptions RED HMUX programming has failed AMBER Programming is complete GREEN Code initialization is complete RED Shelf ID address does not match AMBER Code initialization is achieved and programming is complete GREEN Programming is complete and ID address matches stored address RED When power on reset is in progress AMBER Programming in progress GREEN Programming and code initialization is complete

SHELF

ALIGN SHELF PROC

PROC
Rev.A

TK145v9.7

HMUX

For Training Purposes Only

111

112

HIPR LED Description

LEDs ALIGN

Descriptions RED HIPR programming has failed AMBER Programming is complete GREEN Code initialization is complete RED Shelf ID address does not match AMBER Code initialization is achieved and programming is complete GREEN Programming is complete and ID address matches stored address

SHELF

ALIGN SHELF PROC

PROC

RED When power on reset is in progress AMBER Programming in progress GREEN Programming and code initialization is complete

TK145v9.7

HIPR

Rev.A

For Training Purposes Only

112

113

Module 3 Lesson 2 Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

113

Module 3 Lesson 2 Review


1. What type buses make up the communication subsystem? 2. If a technician opens both IMT buses, what happens to the EAGLE STP? 3. What slots in every shelf contain IMT bus cards? 4. The two types of IMT bus cards used today are _________ __________. 5. The __________ card uses Switch Topology for message routing in the IMT bus. 6. What condition is indicated when the IMT bus card Shelf LED is red? ____________________________________________________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

114

Module 3 Lesson 3

Application Subsystem
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

115

116

Lesson 3 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to: Describe the functions of the modules/cards that make up the Application Subsystem The modules of the Application Subsystem are:
Multiport LIM (MPL) E1/T1 MIM Enhanced Database Communication Modules (EDCM) High Capacity Multi-Channel Interface Module (HC-MIM) E5-E1/T1 E1-ATM E5-ATM E5-ENET E5-IPSM E5-TSM Measurement Collection and Polling Module (MCPM) Service Modules (EDSM, E5-SM4G)

Application Subsystem Consists of application cards. Application cards are capable of communicating with all other cards through redundant IMT buses. A Communications Processor on each application card provides control of communications from card to card via the Gigabit IMT buses. Refer to the reference information in the Commands manual for a complete list of EAGLE 5 STP card types, software types, applications for each card type and the number allowed in a configuration.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

116

117

Link Interface Card MSU Processing


E5-SM4G HC-MIM MPL E5-E1/T1 A B IMT Interface

(6) SCCP Routing (5)


Distribution

MTP Routing

(4)

Discrimination Gateway Screening


MTP 2 Error Detection

(3) (2) (1)

Signaling Link Transmit Control

Signaling Link Receive Control

Signaling Link

All application cards supporting all types of signaling links, SS7, ATM, E1, T1 and IP will process MSUs in the same manner as depicted in this slide. The only difference is that IP packets processed on SIGTRAN cards are first converted to an SS7 message and then processed. The MSU processing order is listed below: 1. Level 2 error checking is performed (except on IP links). 2. All MTP & partial SCCP Gateway Screening is performed if the GWS feature is activated. 3. Message Discrimination is performed on the DPC of the routing label: 4. If one of the EAGLE point codes (PC or CPC) is not the DPC on the routing label, the MSU proceeds to the MTP routing table to determine how to route the MSU to it destination. 5. If one of the EAGLE point codes (PC or CPC) is the DPC, the MSU moves to the distribution function to analyze the service indicator (SI) to determine the type of service the MSU is requesting. If the SI = 0,1 or 2, the Link Interface card will take the appropriate action based on the type of network management message received. If the SI = 3 (SCCP), the MSU proceeds to step 6.

6. SCCP Routing will send the MSU to the first available SCCP card in order to perform GTT and route the MSU according to result of the GTT table information.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

117

118

Multiport LIM (MPL) Description


LEDs APPL Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER MPL is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN MPL is running an application RED MPL is off IMT Bus AMBER MPL is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN MPL is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED Link is out of service or not provisioned GREEN Link is aligned and in service RED/GREEN Flashing Link is in Loopback

APPL PROC IMT A IMT B PORTS A A1 A2 A3 B B1 B2 B3 APPLICATION JTAG TERMINAL

IMT A/B

ALL PORTS

The Multi-Port LIM (MPL) used in EAGLE STP systems provides eight DS0 links transporting SS7 traffic in a single EAGLE STP card slot. Link A and B are backward compatible with the legacy twoport LIM card. Additional links A1-A3 and B1-B3 are DS0 interfaces only. The MPL card improves the functionality of ANSI SS7 routing within the EAGLE by increasing the number of SS7 links the EAGLE can handle for each LIM card. This allows the EAGLE to interact in larger SS7 networks as well as decreasing the size of an EAGLE (for example, previously 250 cards would be required to support 500 links, now only 63 cards are required).

TK145v9.7

MPL-T

Rev.A

For Training Purposes Only

118

119

E1/T1 MIM Description


LEDs APPL
APPL PROC IMT A IMT B PORT 1 PORT 2 EXT PORT APPLICATION JTAG TERMINAL

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED No channels are provisioned RED BLINKING All channels provisioned = OOS AMBER Card is an E1/T1 Channel Card AMBER BLINKING Any channel(s) provisioned = OOS GREEN - All channels provisioned = IS-NR RED No channels are provisioned RED BLINKING All channels provisioned = OOS AMBER Card is an E1-T1 Master Card AMBER BLINKING Any channels provisioned = OOS GREEN All channels provisioned = IS-NR

IMT A/B

PORTS 1&2

The E1/T1 Multi-Channel Interface Module (E1/T1 MIM) provides a dual-port (A and B), framed, channelized connection to a customers network. The interface to each link is mapped to the DS0 time-slots in the fractional E1 or T1 data streams. Each E1 or T1 MIM supports a maximum of eight High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC) channels that can be provisioned as using either E1 or T1 protocols and assigned to any unused time-slot. An E1 backplane extension is provided to connect other E1/T1 cards configured as LIMCH cards in the EAGLE shelf to the E1/T1 data stream so that all channels can be mapped. This would require four E1/T1 MIMs to map an entire E1 link (31 time slots) or three E1/T1 MIMs to map a T1 link (24 time slots). The E1/T1 MIM configured as a LIM-T1 will implement the ANSI T1 standard for 1.544 MHz data transmission and configured as a LIM-E1 will implement the European (ITU) E1 standard for 2.048 MHz data transmission. Each E1/T1 MIM port is capable of operation for E1 or T1 line rates but the interfaces will never be mixed on a single circuit card. The E1/T1 MIM does not support clear-channel (no channels) operation. Only E1/T1 Port A can be extended.

TK145v9.7

E1/T1 MIM

EXT PORT

Rev.A

For Training Purposes Only

119

120

High-Capacity Multi-Channel Interface Module


LEDs APPL
APPL PROC IMT A IMT B

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED Port not provisioned RED BLINKING Loss of signal and remaining errors AMBER Remote alarm condition AMBER BLINKING Loss of frame synchronization GREEN - No alarms, port has acquired timing and frame synchronization RED No channels are provisioned RED BLINKING All channels provisioned = OOS AMBER Indicates port is the reflected port in Channel Bridging mode of operation AMBER BLINKING Any channels provisioned = OOS GREEN All channels provisioned = IS-NR

IMT A/B
PORT LINK 1 2 3 4

A PORT

PORT LINK 5 6 7 8

B LINK

The High-Capacity Multichannel Interface Module (HC-MIM) is a dual slot card providing eight trunk terminations processing up to 64 signaling links of configurable channelized E1 or T1 connectivity. The eight E1/T1 links reside on backplane connectors, four links connect to Port A and four links connect to Port B. The HC-MIM may be configured to support two unchannelized High Speed Links (SE-HSL). These links may be provisioned on link a and b on any 2 of the 8 HC-MIM card ports. Total system signaling link capacity depends on other cards within the system and must not exceed the provisioning limit of the EAGLE system. Since the HCMIM has the capacity to process a full T1 or E1 on a single card, daisy chaining or channel card operation is not needed. Any shelves that contains HC-MIM cards must be equipped with HIPR IMT bus cards. HC-MIM cards require fan tray assembly P/N 890-0001-04 for thermal management. Any blank slots on shelves with HC-MIM cards must have air management cards P/N 1824-02. Any frames with HC-MIM must have 60 amp power circuits. HC-MIM cards should be placed in odd slots only. 870-

TK145v9.7

HC-MIM

Rev.A

For Training Purposes Only

120

121

E5-E1/T1 Description
LEDs APPL
APPL PROC IMT A IMT B

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED Port not provisioned RED BLINKING Loss of signal and remaining errors AMBER Remote alarm condition AMBER BLINKING Loss of frame synchronization GREEN - No alarms, port has acquired timing and frame synchronization RED No channels are provisioned RED BLINKING All channels provisioned = OOS AMBER Indicates port is the reflected port in Channel Bridging mode of operation. Applies only to even numbered ports AMBER BLINKING Any channels provisioned = OOS GREEN All channels provisioned = IS-NR

IMT A/B
PORT LINK 1 2 3 4

A
PORT LINK 5 6 7 8

PORT

B
Rev.A

LINK

The E5-E1/T1 is a single slot card providing up to eight E1 or T1 trunk terminations processing up to 32 low speed signaling links. The eight E1/T1 ports of the E5-E1/T1 are equally split between the A and B Port backplane connectors. The E5-E1/T1 supports only SE-HSL signaling link on one of the eight ports and it must be terminated on Port A. A maximum of 64 SE-HSL are permitted in the EAGLE 5 STP when using the E5-E1/T1.. Unlike the older E1/T1 MIM, the E5-E1/T1 does not require or support channel cards. HIPR bus cards are required for any shelf where E5-E1/T1 cards are configured.

TK145v9.7

E5-E1/T1

For Training Purposes Only

121

122

E1-ATM Module Description


LEDs
APPL PROC IMT A IMT B PORTA RSRV PORT 2

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating

APPL

IMT A/B

PORT A RED Link is out of service GREEN - Link is aligned and in service RSRV Reserved
Rev.A

Not currently used

LIM E1-ATM provides one Asynchronous Transfer Mode over E1 Interface at 2.048 Mbps The E1-ATM applique provides a new communications capability on the EAGLE, a High Speed Link (HSL) using ATM over E1. A maximum of 115 ATM HSL are permitted in the EAGLE 5 STP when using the E1-ATM.. The E1-ATM feature requires one E1 link Interface Module-ATM (E1-ATM) for each high speed link terminated. The E1-ATM supports a single ATM Virtual Channel Connection (VCC) at a line speed of 2.048 Mbps. The E1-ATM operates similar to any other link interface module, except for the Link Fault Sectionalization (LFS) feature, which is not a requirement for E1 links. A maximum of 115 E1-Atm cards may be provisioned in the EAGLE 5 STP.

TK145v9.7

E1ATM

For Training Purposes Only

122

123

E5-ATM Module Description


LEDs APPL
APPL PROC IMT A IMT B

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED Port not provisioned RED BLINKING Loss of signal AMBER Remote alarm condition or loss of cell delineation AMBER BLINKING Loss of frame synchronization GREEN - E1/T1 framing is established RED Signaling link is not provisioned RED BLINKING Signaling link is out of service AMBER Signaling link alignment is ready to start alignment AMBER BLINKING Signaling link alignment is in progress GREEN BLINKING Signaling link alignment successful awaiting far end INSV GREEN Signaling link is aligned

IMT A/B

PORT LINK 0 1 1 2 3

PORTS 1&2

LINK 1&2
Rev.A

The E5-ATM card is a single slot card providing ATM over E1 or T1 connectivity for EAGLE 5 STP control and extension shelves. The E5-ATM provides the following functions: SS7 link, ATM over T1 (ANSI) SS7 link, ATM over E1 (ITU) TVG based load sharing STP/LAN (SLAN) Integrated Sentinel (e-route) Integrated Message Feeder BICC support Thermal protection Two ATM signaling links operating at 1 Erlang Higher throughput than current HCAP-based LIMATM and LIME1ATM cards Automatic on/off CRC4 detection for E1 framing A maximum of 180 E5-ATM cards may be provisioned on the EAGLE 5 STP. A maximum of 180 ATM HSL are permitted on the EAGLE 5 STP using the E5-ATM. This may be accomplished with 90 E5-ATM cards if 2 HSL per card are provisioned. The E5-ATM card supports a new ATMHC GPL. This card can be used to replace the LIM-ATM and E1-ATM cards. This card is a hot-swap compatible replacement for the HCAP-based LIMATM and LIME1ATM cards. The LIM-ATM and the E1-ATM cards are still supported and can co-exist with the E5-ATM card in the same node. Requires HIPR cards in any shelves where these cards are configured. Cooling fans are not required and the E5-ATM includes thermal management and alarming provisions to protect the card from damage if environmental conditions hinder thermal stability. More thermal management details may be found in the EAGLE 5 STP Hardware Manual.

TK145v9.7

E5-ATM

For Training Purposes Only

123

124

Database Communications Module Description


LEDs
APPL PROC IMT A IMT B PORT A PORT B

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating

APPL

IMT A

IMT B

PORT A RED Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN Link is aligned and in service PORT B RED Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN Link is aligned and in service

Single Slot Enhanced DCM (SSEDCM) Supports the Signaling Transfer Point, Local Area Network (SLAN) function. SIGTRAN protocol runs on the SSEDCM cards. When configured as an IPLIM, the DCM provides point to point SCTP connections to be used to carry SS7 traffic on B,C,D links. The card supports up to 2,500 TPS as long as the MSU average size is 140 Bytes or less. It also supports up to four associations. When configured as an IPGW, the DCM provides point to multipoint TCP/IP connections to be used to carry SS7 traffic on A links over the IP network to Sigtran intelligent peripherals. The card supports up to 1,700 TPS and up to eight connections. The DCM supports IEEE 802.3 Ethernet (10/100 Base-T full-duplex) access on Port A or Port B, or both. Beginning with Release 38.0, any type of dual-slot DCM card is no longer supported. Signaling Transport Card (STC) The Signaling Transport Card (STC) uses a DCM card configured with the eroute application. The STC card functions as an IP router between the IMT bus internal to an EAGLE STP and the Ethernet networks used to communicate with an associated Sentinel or IAS Platform. The STC card provides the IP interface between the EAGLE Link Interface cards on the IMT bus and the Tekelec Sentinel or IAS Network Monitoring platforms.

TK145v9.7

EDCM-A

Rev.A

For Training Purposes Only

124

125

E5-ENET Module Description


APPL PROC IMT A IMT B

LEDs APPL PROC

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating

IMT A/B
ACT LINK 0 1

A
ACT LINK 0 1

B
Rev.A

ACT RED Signaling link inactive, or 1 or more active links are out of (activity) service GREEN - All active links are in-service OFF No Ethernet signal detected LINK RED N/A GREEN Ethernet signal detected OFF No Ethernet signal detected

The E5-ENET card is a single slot card providing one or more Ethernet interfaces. It is a replacement and enhancement of the SSEDCM card. Requires HIPR IMT bus cards in any shelf where the E5-ENET is configured. The E5-ENET card has two physical 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports and supports the STPLAN function. The E5-ENET is provisionable for IPLIM or IPGW, but does not support both functions on a single card simultaneously. The E5-ENET supports up to 5000 TPS. The capacity varies according to MSU size and protocol used. E5-ENET supported applications: IPLIM SCTP & M2PA (TPS=1600 4000) IPGWY SCTP, M3UA (TPS=1120-4000), SUA (TPS=800-3000) IPSG SCTP, M2PA & M3UA (TPS=1120-4000) IPLIM supports point-to-point connectivity replacing B, C & D links (STP to STP). IPGW supports point-to-multipoint connectivity replacing A links (STP to IP-Based device). IPSG supports up to 32 links of the types supported in IPLIM & IPGW E5-ENET Capacities: IPLIM IPGWY E5-ENET cards per node 100 64 SCTP entities per E5-ENET module 16 SCTP/IP 50 SCTP Associations Connections The E5-ENET card includes thermal management and alarming provisions to protect the card from damage if environmental conditions hinder thermal stability. More thermal management details may be found in the EAGLE 5 STP Hardware Manual.

TK145v9.7

E5-ENET

For Training Purposes Only

125

126

SCCP MSU Processing Example

(3)

Distribution

GTT Tables xxxx yyyy xxxx yyyy xxxx yyyy xxxx yyyy xxxx yyyy xxxx yyyy xxxx yyyy xxxx yyyy

(4)

(2)

Discrimination

(5)
Routing

(1)

MTP 2

Link Interface Cards


Incoming SCCP MSU

TSM SCCP / DSM VSCCP E5-SM4G-VSCCP

Link Interface Cards


To SCP

The EAGLE STP processes incoming message signal units (MSUs) at the MTP message Transfer Part layer. The MSU processing order is listed below: 1. Level 2 error checking is performed. 2. Message Discrimination is performed on the DPC of the routing label. If one the EAGLE point codes (PC or CPC) is the DPC, the MSU moves to the distribution function 3. The distribution function analyzes the service indicator (SI) to determine the type of service the MSU is requesting. If the SI = 3 (SCCP), the MSU proceeds to step 4. 4. SCCP Routing will send the MSU to the first available SCCP card in order to perform Global Title Translations to determine the DPC of the next signaling point. 5. If the query passes the GWS rules, it will be passed to the MTP3 routing function to determine how to route the MSU according to result of the GTT table information.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

126

127

E5-TSM Description

APPL PROC IMT A IMT B

LEDs APPL

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating

IMT A

IMT B
Rev.A

The E5-TSM may only be configured with appl=GLS to support Gateway Screening. It is not used with appl=SCCP. The E5-TSM is a replacement for the legacy TSM-256. The E5-TSM must be configured in HIPR equipped shelves. Multiple E5-TSM cards should be powered from different fuse positions and power feeds.

TK145v9.7

E5-TSM

For Training Purposes Only

127

128

Database Service Module (DSM) Description


LEDs
APPL PROC IMT A IMT B PORT A PORT B

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating

APPL

IMT A

IMT B

PORT A RED Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN Link is aligned and in service PORT B RED Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN Link is aligned and in service

The DSM has from 1 to 4 Gbytes of memory when only performing GTT. DSMs must have 4Gbytes of memory for the following functions using the VSCCP application: LNP Local Number Portability G-Port GSM portable numbering plan G-Flex GSM flexible numbering plan EIR Equipment Identity Register INP Intelligent Network Application Protocol based Number Portability With any of these application the DSM can also perform conventional Global Title Translations and
partial SCCP Gateway Screening (CDPA & AFTPC).

The DSM supports up to 1700 Transactions per Second (TPS) for GTT and 850 TPS for MPS services or 1100 TPS for ITU MPS services activated by control feature. Up to 25 DSMs may be configured with the VSCCP application.

TK145v9.7

DSM-4G

Rev.A

For Training Purposes Only

128

129

E5-SM4G Description
APPL PROC IMT A IMT B ACT A B PORT

LEDs APPL

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED No signal detected GREEN - Signal detected OFF Card non-functional AMBER Data link active operating at 1Gbps GREEN Data link active operating at 10/100 Mbps OFF Card non-functional

IMT A/B

ACT

PORT
Rev.A

The E5-SM4G is a double slot database service module with 3.1 GB of application processor memory providing the following functionality for the EAGLE 5 STP: A maximum of 32 E5-SM4G cards may be configured in the database with the GTT feature. The E5-SM4G by default supports up to 1700 TPS. There is Control Feature support for up to 5000 TPS with GTT and at least another feature like LNP, MNP, or EIR activated. The number portability feature deployed cannot support more than 192 million numbers when activating the 5000 TPS feature. This capacity drops to 3125 TPS if traffic is processed by the EPAP-based features. There can be no DSM cards in the configuration for the maximum TPS of 5000. A maximum of 25 E5-SM4G cards may be configured in the database with any of the MPSbased number portability features activated. The E5-SM4G can interoperate with DSM cards at an operating capacity of 850, 1100, or 1700 TPS. The E5-SM4G is a direct replacement for DSM-4G with no additional provisioning. The E5-SM4G requires HIPR bus cards in the shelf where it is configured. The E5-SM4G provides thermal management and alarming provisions to protect the card from damage due to overheating.

TK145v9.7

E5-SM4G

For Training Purposes Only

129

130

Enhanced DSM-2G Module Description


LEDs
APPL PROC IMT A IMT B PORT A PORT B

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating

APPL

IMT A

IMT B

PORT A RED Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN Link is aligned and in service PORT B RED Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN Link is aligned and in service

The Enhanced DSM-2G (EDSM) card is only configured as card type Measurement Collection and Polling Module (MCPM) and provides: Provides comma delimited core STP measurement data to a remote server for processing Required for the Measurements Platform feature A EDSM-2G is p/n 870-2372-14 and configured only as MCPM and is downloaded with MCP application. More details on this card are discussed in the TK175 EAGLE Measurements Course.

TK145v9.7

EDSM-2G

Rev.A

For Training Purposes Only

130

131

MCPM Example
16 I/O Ports Workstation Workstation

EBI MASP A

EBI MASP B

EDSM

EDSM

GPSM II 1113

TDM 1114

GPSM II
1115

TDM 1116

MDAL 1117
SCSI

SCSI

IMT

A B

MPL

E5-E1/T1

E5-ATM

TSM

E5-ENET

E5-SM-4G

The Eagle STP has a Measurements Platform (MP) feature that provides dedicated processors for collecting and reporting measurement data. The Measurement Platform is required for an EAGLE 5 STP with more than 700 links. Scheduled measurement reports are automatically generated, stored on the MCPM cards and transferred to the customers FTP server via the FTP interface. The Measurements Platform incorporates two Measurement Collection & Polling Modules (MCPM) with IP communications link between the EAGLE and the customer network. The MCPM cards operate in a primary/secondaries configuration. The primary MCPM performs all collection and reporting functions. The secondary MCPM cards act as backups for the primary.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

131

132

E5-IPSM Description

APPL PROC IMT A IMT B

LEDs APPL PROC

Descriptions RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN Card is running an application RED Card is off IMT Bus AMBER Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK Communication processor is not operating RED No signal detected GREEN - Signal detected OFF Port non-functional RED Data link inactive GREEN Data link active OFF Port non-functional

ACT LINK 0 1 1

IMT A/B

A ACT B LINK
Rev.A

The E5-IPSM card is a single slot card with the ability to add up to 8 telnet terminal connections per card to the EAGLE 5 STP. A maximum of 3 E5-IPSM cards may be added to EAGLE 5 STP configuration. Each E5-IPSM provides up to eight telnet terminal connections, providing a maximum of 24 telnet access ports in addition to the 16 MMI (RS232 terminal) ports. Terminal assignments for the EAGLE 5 STP are as follows: Terminals 1-16 are basic RS-232 terminals provided on the EAGLE 5 STP E5-IPSM Card #1 Terminals 17-24 E5-IPSM Card #2 Terminals 25-32 E5-IPSM Card #3 Terminals 33-40 E5-IPSMs require HIPR bus cards on any shelf where they are provisioned.

TK145v9.7

E5-IPSM

For Training Purposes Only

132

133

IP User Interface Example


Workstations / Laptops

E5-IPSM 1101

8-IP Connections per card

EDSM-1G 1103

IMT

A B Card Card

Card

Card

Card

Card

The IP User Interface is a control feature that must be purchased before it is used. This feature requires either EDSM-1G or E5-IPSM cards configured as card type IPSM running the IPS application. A maximum of 3 IPSM cards are allowed in the EAGLE. Each IPSM card can support up to 8 telnet sessions. A maximum of 24 telnet sessions are added with the IPSM cards. These telnet sessions are in addition to the 16 MMI (RS-232 terminal) connections available on the EAGLE. The IPSM telnet session resembles the KSR mode discussed previously. One exception is that the ctrl-A key is not required to enter commands. Benefits of this feature include: Access speed is improved as compared to a modem Remote access is enabled Dialup is not required Additional 24 user interface points are available Details concerning setting up a Secure Telnet Connection to the EAGLE 5 STP using PuTTY may be found in the Database Administration-System Management Manual of the current Release software.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

133

134

Module 3 Lesson 3 Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

134

Module 3 Lesson 3 Review


1. The MPL can only be a DS0A. TRUE / FALSE 2. The E1/T1MIM may have both E1 and T1 channels on the same card. TRUE / FALSE 3. The HC-MIM supports up to ______ low speed signaling links.

4. The E5-E1/T1 supports up to ______ low speed signaling links. 5. The E5-E1/T1 supports channel cards. TRUE / FALSE 6. The E5-ATM supports ____ ATM links operating at 1 Erlang. 7. The DCM card is used as the STC card with the __________ application. 8. Up to ______ E5-ENET cards may be provisioned as IPLIM. 9. The DSM and E5-SM4G cards have _____ Gbytes of RAM. 10. What card type may be configured as the MCPM? _______________________________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

135

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

136

Module 4

Basic System Administration


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

137

138

Module 4 Objectives
After this Module, you should be able to
Describe the difference between a keyword and a parameter Explain command classes Configure EAGLE STP terminals Enter commands Understand system security functions

The EAGLE STP Commands Manual will be used as reference for this section of the course.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

138

139

Command Syntax
Commands are used to: Obtain system and operational status Modify system configuration Obtain measurement reports Keyword Examples >login >rtrv-dstn >chg-trm >rept-stat-db Keyword Examples with Parameters >login:uid=xxx >rtrv-dstn:dpc=xxx >chg-trm:trm=x:all=yes >rept-stat-db:display=all

Keywords Identify the principal action to be performed by the system Consist of one to three words, separated by a hyphen delimiter Parameters Further define the command operation Parameters are either mandatory (M) or optional (O) as indicated in the commands in the Commands manual. A colon ( : ) separates the keyword from the first parameter A colon ( : ) is used as a delimiter between parameters An equals ( = ) sign acts as a delimiter between each parameter and the value assigned to the parameter.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

139

140

Types of Command Keywords


EAGLE commands consist of several different keywords. The most common keywords are:
ent - enter chg - change dlt - delete

rept-stat status reports rept-stat commands are real time status reports from cards rtrv retrieve rtrv commands are retrieved from data stored on the TDM hard drive
The keyword types found in EAGLE commands are: ent enter dlt delete rtrv retrieve dact de-activate unhb uninhibit blk block alw allow A rtrv command is a request for information from the active TDM, in other words, it is information obtained from the TDM hard disk. A rept-stat command is a request for information from the device itself. It is a request for the latest, up to the second, report about the status of the device in question. The commands are listed in alphabetical order in the various command classes that will be discussed on the next slide. A command is never duplicated in any of the EAGLE command classes. chg - change rept-stat (status report) act - activate inh - inhibit init initialize ublk - unblock

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

140

141

Command Classes
Users are given access to groups of commands by being assigned to non-configurable command classes:
Basic Debug* Link Maintenance Program Update Security Administration Database Administration System Maintenance IP Pass-Through Commands
*NOTE - You should NEVER use Debug command without help from the Tekelec Technical Assistance Center!! In your user documentation set (Commands Manual) you can find all commands listed in alphabetical order. For each command listed, the following information is given: A description of the command The command syntax A description of the command parameters An example of the command usage Dependencies, and notes relevant to the command A list of related commands The command class to which the command belongs Sample command output To execute any command, access rights must be granted to both the logged in user and to the terminal the user is logged into.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

141

142

New Customer Defined Command Classes


32 additional Command Classes can now be added to the current Command Classes The Command Class Management Feature allows the user to place EAGLE Commands into these new Command Classes such as:
Network Operations Center Commands Tier 2 Support Commands Central Office Technician Commands

Adding a new Command Class enable-ctrl-feat (key words) :partnum= part number for the feature :fak= feature access key for the part number Once the feature key has been added, then it must be turned on chg-ctrl-feat (key words) :partnum= 893xxxxxx :status=on Once the feature has been turned on, then new Command Classes may be established chg-cmdclass (key words) :class=u01 (first unassigned class) :nclass=yyy (new class name) :descr=xxxyyyyy (new class name description) To add commands to the new Command Class chg-cmd (key words) :cmd = (one alpha and nineteen additional alphanumeric characters) :class1=yyy yes (yyy is a new class name from the chg-cmdclass command)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

142

143

Terminal Output Groups


Traffic Link Maintenance Security Administration System Maintenance Program Updates Database Card Clock :traf :link :sa :sys :pu :db :card :clk

chg-trm:all=yes:trm=x command enables all output groups for the specified terminals (up to forty terminal ports). rtrv-trm is used to show the port configurations for all TDM terminals or a specified terminal. Terminal Output Groups include parameters which allow the messages generated by the system to be selectively displayed. These messages are unsolicited, generated by the system (Unsolicited Alarm Message UAM or Unsolicited Information Message UIM). These output group assignments are based on the issuing device on which the UIM or the UAM is issued. The System Maintenance group comprises those UAMs and UIMs that may meet multiple grouping criteria. It should be noted that assignments of UIMs and UAMs to a group is singular (one group per UAM/UIM) and are done primarily by subsystem or device. This could cause a terminal to give an incomplete report if configured to display only a small number of groups. NOTE - When configuring the terminals for output groups, take care to minimize the risk of missing information. There are a total of 21 output classes in all.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

143

144

Last Ten Command Recall


The Up arrow key recalls up to the last 10 commands entered This feature Is compatible with all display modes User passwords are NOT stored! 1st command entry is overwritten when 11th command is entered All command entries are cleared when using the F6 function key (screen refresh)

Use the Up arrow key for last 10 command recall. This feature is supported for KSR and VT320 modes only. Passwords are NOT stored in the history queue. The oldest entry in the queue is over written. Command entries are cleared when a user logs out. The use of the F6 function key, (refresh the terminal screen), will clear out previous commands (in the VT320 mode only).

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

144

145

Useful Commands > rept-stat-trbl


Use this command to display a summary of all troubles currently logged in the EAGLE 5 STP. Parameters for this command are display and level :display parameter values are:
- act displays only active alarms - all displays all alarms without timestamps - inhb displays only inhibited alarms - timestamp displays active alarms with the date and time the alarm was logged

:level parameter values are:


- crit critical alarms - majr major alarms - minr minor alarms

You must have system maintenance command class to enter this command. Use this command to display a summary report of all device trouble notifications that are logged currently in the OAMs RAM storage area. For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

145

146

Useful Commands > rtrv-log


Use this command to retrieve UIM and UAM logs generated by the EAGLE 5 STP. Common parameters for this command are:
dir direction, either forward or backward mode log display mode, brief or full sdate start date for the report num maximum number of records up to 65,500 stime start time edate end date etime end time enum end message reference number

You must have system maintenance command class to enter this command.

Use this command to retrieve records from the active or standby Alarm and UIM logs generated by the Maintenance system. This command selects these records based on a span of time or a specific log file index. Retrieves records from the active or standby event logs generated by the maintenance system This command allows greater flexibility of output options. It allows customized rtrv-log output: Filtered for a particular output group Separated between UIMs and UAMs Filtered by a given alarm number or range of numbers For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

146

147

Useful Commands > rtrv-seculog


Use this command to retrieve the contents of the security log and display is to the authorized user Common parameters for this command are:
sdate start date for the report stime start time for the report slog specifies which log is copied to the FTA, act or stb mode log display mode, brief or full num maximum number of records displayed up to 50,000 rectype specifies whether you want all records or only new ones trm - reports logs created by the specified terminal

You must have security administration command class to enter this command.

Use this command to retrieve the contents of a security log and display it to the user in the scroll area. Various reports can be produced by varying the values of the command parameters. By default, the report is generated from the log on the active fixed disk although the slog parameter can be used to generate the report from the log on the standby fixed disk. To see the values of the parameters, see rtrv-seculog in the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

147

148

Useful Commands > rept-stat-db


Use this command to display the current status of the database partitions on both TDMs and network cards Parameters are:
:display parameter values are:
- all displays the status of TDMs, MDAL and all cards - brief displays the status of TDMs and MPS databases (if feature is active) - except displays the status of TDMs and cards whose levels do not match the active TDM current partition - version displays the same information as all plus the database format version and status

:loc allows a report for a specific card slot :db parameter values are:
- all displays database and card output for both the STP and MPS - mps - displays database and card output for the MPS only - displays database and card output for the STP only

You must have database administration command class to enter this command.

Use this command to display a report showing various indicators for the active and standby The display and loc parameters cannot be specified at the same time. The db and loc parameters cannot be specified at the same time.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

148

149

Keyboard Functions
VT320 Key Sequence F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 Not Available Control-S Control-Q KSR Key Sequence F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 Ctrl-A Ctrl-S Ctrl-Q Description The up arrow key recalls the last ten commands. The left arrow key backspaces without erasing. The down arrow recalls the last command (one parameter at a time). The right arrow recalls the last command (one character at a time). The F6 function key refreshes the terminal screen, including any characters already input on the command line and the command response line. The F7 function key clears the scroll buffer. This enables a user to stop useless information from passing to the scroll region of the system terminal. The F8 function key enables a user to stop and restart the scrolling of information on the terminal screen. The F9 function key allows you to interrupt a running command; however, you cannot enter another command until the running command completes its operation. The F10 function key is a Help key. The command help is available through the command help:cmd=any command The F11 function key allows the user to toggle the terminals mode of operation from VT320 to KSR and from KSR to VT320. Control-A allows the user enter a command in the KSR mode. Used with the sw or both flow control (see the chg-trm command for more information), this key sequence sends the XOFF character to temporarily stop sending data. Used with the sw or both flow control (see the chg-trm command for more information), this key sequence sends the XON character to resume sending data.

This keyboard function table is also found in the Commands Manual under List of Tables, Keyboard Functions.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

149

150

EAGLE STP Terminal and Display


Alarm Status area System ID area TOTAL ALARM STATUS CRIT MAJR MINR 1 1 2 Command entered at terminal #1 TERMINAL # 1 REL. XXXX CLLI: RLGHNCXA01W DATE: 05-01-22 16:10:50 EST

RLGHNCXA21W 05-01-22 16:10:49 EST Rel. XXXX Searching devices for alarms...

Previous Command Command Response Command Line

RLGHNCXA21W 05-01-22 16:10:50 EST Rel. XXXX SEQN UAM AL DEVICE ELEMENT TROUBLE TEXT 1419. 0048 * TERMINAL 15 Terminal failed 1422. 0110 * IMT SYSTEM Failure detected on one IMT bus 1421. 0108 ** IMT BUS A Major IMT failure detected Card 1101, 1103, 1113, 1115, (6 others) 1412. 0092 *C Card 1117 MDAL not responding Command Completed. rept-stat-trbl Command Accepted > rept-stat-trbl_ Command In Progress

Scroll Area

Command Area

Progress of Command Area

Screen Display (VT320) Alarm status area (Active Alarm Status or Total Alarm Status) System ID area: terminal ID that displays I/O port connectivity; CLLI code for EAGLE STP; date: time, with time zone; release level Scroll area for output of information messages, and rept-stat, and rtrv commands Minor alarms are indicated by a single asterisk (*) Major alarms are indicated by two asterisks (**) Critical alarms are indicated by a single asterisk and C (*C) Command area for input: previous command visible again after using the up-arrow key: command prompt line; command line for typing in next command Normally set for 9600 baud, even parity, stop bit of 7, 1 parity bit (9600,e,7,1)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

150

151

EAGLE KSR Terminal Display


RLGHNCXA21W 05-06-22 16:10:49 EST Rel. XXXX Searching devices for alarms...

RLGHNCXA21W 05-06-22 16:10:50 EST Rel. XXXX SEQN UAM AL DEVICE ELEMENT 1419. 0048 * TERMINAL 15 1422. 0110 * IMT SYSTEM 1421. 0108 ** IMT BUS A TROUBLE TEXT

Terminal failed Failure detected on one IMT bus Major IMT failure detected Scroll Area

Card 1101, 1103, 1113, 1115, (6 others) 1412. 0092 *C Card 1117 Command Completed. MDAL not responding

Command Line

rept-stat-trbl

The KSR mode requires the use of the CTRL & A keys prior to each command entry. KSR provides a full screen display without banners seen in the VT320 display. The KSR mode has the ability to go back through the scroll buffer if using a PC with mouse to see previous command outputs, or messages previously displayed as far back as the scroll buffer can hold.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

151

152

EAGLE Telnet Terminal Display


RLGHNCXA21W 05-06-22 16:10:49 EST Rel. XXXX Searching devices for alarms...

RLGHNCXA21W 05-06-22 16:10:50 EST Rel. XXXX SEQN UAM AL DEVICE ELEMENT 1419. 0048 * TERMINAL 15 1422. 0110 * IMT SYSTEM 1421. 0108 ** IMT BUS A TROUBLE TEXT

Terminal failed Failure detected on one IMT bus Major IMT failure detected Scroll Area

Card 1101, 1103, 1113, 1115, (6 others) 1412. 0092 *C Card 1117 Command Completed. MDAL not responding

Command Line

rept-stat-trbl

The IPSM telnet session resembles the KSR mode discussed previously. One exception is that the ctrl-A key is not required to enter commands.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

152

153

Learning Activity Command> chg-secu-dflt


Use this command to change various systemwide security-related defaults such as:
The password aging interval The user ID aging interval Allow multiple simultaneous logins with the same user ID Control of password complexity

Parameters are:
alpha alpha characters minlen minimum password length multlog multiple logins num numeric characters page password aging interval punc punctuation characters uout user ID aging interval wrnln warning line number wrntx used to enter warning text clrwrntx clears warning text

You must have security administration command class to enter this command. For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

153

154

Learning Activity Command> ent-user


Use this command to add a user to the database When the command is first entered, the system prompts you for the user password After successfully entering a user password it must be verified by re-entering it For security reasons, passwords are never displayed Parameters are:
uid user ID all specifies if user is assigned all command classes db - database admin. dbg debug link link maintenance pu program update sa security administration sys system maint. cc1-8 command classes

You must have security administration command class to enter this command. For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

154

155

Learning Activity Command> chg-secu-trm


Use this command to configure the access rights for terminals Access rights determine whether a terminal has command access for different command classes Parameters are:
trm terminal to be configured all specifies whether to allow all command classes db - database admin. dbg debug link link maintenance pu program update sa security administration sys system maint. cc1-8 command classes

You must have security administration command class to enter this command. For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

155

156

Learning Activity Command> chg-trm


Use this command to configure operational characteristics for individual terminals and messages displayed on them
This command uses many of the same parameters as the chgsecu-trm command, except they are used here to determine if UIMs/UAMs will be displayed on the terminal for a specific command class or EAGLE 5 STP function such as cards, clocks, and features

Communications parameters are:


baud specifies the line speed prty specifies the serial port parity value type specifies the type of device being connected to a terminal

You must have database administration command class to enter this command. A terminal must be inhibited before communication parameter changes are made. These changes must be performed at a different terminal. For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

156

157

Learning Activity

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

157

158

Learning Activity 3: EAGLE User Interface


Provides hands-on practice with the EAGLE STP user interface for system login and terminal manipulation. After completing this exercise, the student will be able to: Log onto the system Add a user to the database Retrieve and change terminal security attributes Retrieve and change security related system attributes Retrieve and change terminal attributes Materials, Equipment, and References EAGLE STP EAGLE User Interface Terminal EAGLE Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

158

Learning Activity 3A: EAGLE User Interface using serial I/O ports 1-16 Instructor Demonstration Note location of necessary information in the user documentation. Identify the equipment to be used and demonstrate login process. Assignment A Using the following commands, student will login and add a user to the database. 1. Pick one student from each group, and at that students terminal, type login:uid=eagle [enter]. At the password prompt, type eagle [enter]. 2. Enter the rtrv-secu-dflt command. If multlog=yes, all students may continue to Assignment B. 3. If the rtrv-secu-dflt command reveals that multlog=no, have the student who performed steps 1 and 2 enter the chg-secu-dflt:multlog=yes command so all persons in each group may log in at the same time. 4. Now all students can login by performing step 1. Assignment B Using the rtrv-secu-dflt command from the commands manual, the student will determine and record the system-wide security-related defaults.

PAGE UOUT MULTLOG MINLEN ALPHA NUM PUNC Using the chg-secu-dflt command from the commands manual, change the system-wide securityrelated parameters to the values found in the chart below. YES The default value for multlog is NO, but it was changed to yes in assignment A, step 3.

PAGE UOUT MULTLOG MINLEN ALPHA NUM PUNC

240 240 YES 5 1 0 0

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

159

Assignment C 1. Type ent-user:all=yes:uid=(create your own user id, using 1 alpha & up to 15 alpha-numeric characters) [enter] 2. At password prompt, type eagle [enter] 3. You will be asked to verify your password. Re-enter the eagle password [enter] 4. Type logout [enter] 5. Type login:uid=(your own unique user id created in step 1) [enter] 6. At the password prompt, type eagle [enter] 7. You will be asked to change your password. Enter your own new password with at least 5 characters [enter] 8. You will be asked to verify your password. Re-enter the new password [enter] 9. Type rtrv-secu-user [enter] Verify that everyone has all command class privileges denoted by YES under each command class column. 10. Type logout [enter] Assignment D Log onto the EAGLE using your own unique user ID and password from assignment C. Using the rtrv-secu-trm command from the commands manual, student will determine and record the terminal I/O port security attributes that enable a user to enter commands from command classes. Note: The terminal number, 1-16 is displayed in the System ID region (upper right) of a VT320 display.

TRM Terminal you are using

LINK

SA

SYS

PU

DB

DBG

Using the chg-secu-trm command, change the terminal security attributes of your terminal to the values found in the chart below. These set of attributes will enable a user to enter commands from all command classes of the EAGLE from the terminal where these changes are made. Note: Look at dependency #3 and determine how to complete this portion of the exercise. You will NOT be able to complete this assignment without assistance.

TRM Terminal you are using

LINK YES

SA YES

SYS YES

PU YES

DB YES

DBG YES

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

160

Assignment E Using the rtrv-trm command, student will determine and record the terminal (I/O port) attributes to display the following types of unsolicited messages. Note: The terminal number, 1-16 is displayed in the System ID Region of the VT320 display. Use this information when entering the rtrv-trm:trm= command to retrieve the terminal information for your specific terminal only. Terminal you are using

TRM APPSERV APPSS ** BAUD CARD CLK DB DBG DURAL FC GTT GWS LINK MEAS

MON MPS MXINV ** PRTY PU SA ** SB SEAS SLAN SYS TMOUT TRAF TYPE UIMRD

** These items are found under COMM . There are no separate listings for Baud, Prty and SB.

COMM 9600 Baud 7 Data bits not listed or changeable

Values E Parity 1 Stop bits

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

161

Assignment E (contd) Using the chg-trm command change the terminal attributes of your terminal to the values found in the table below. Note: the shaded parameters in the table are your terminal communications attributes and should not be changed. Doing so will affect the operation of the terminal. Those type of changes must be made from a different EAGLE terminal.

Terminal you are using

TRM APPSERV APPSS BAUD CARD CLK DB DBG DURAL FC GTT GWS LINK MEAS NO NO 9600 NO NO YES YES 200 SW NO NO YES NO

MON MPS MXINV PRTY PU SA SB SEAS SLAN SYS TMOUT TRAF TYPE UIMRD

NO NO 6 EVEN YES YES 1 NO NO YES 20 NO VT320 NO

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

162

Assignment F (Optional) The following commands must be entered by one student to enable the feature for adding new command classes: enable-ctrl-feat:partnum=893005801:fak=C7J9Y9MDV6TE6 chg-ctrl-feat:partnum=893005801:status=on After the command class feature has been enabled and turned on, any student may enter a new command class and add commands to the newly created command class. Use the chg-cmdclass command to add the new command class, and the chg-cmd command to add the commands into the newly created command class. (See the Commands Manual) Example of entry for the first new command class noc: chg-cmdclass:class=u01:nclass=noc:descr=nocpersonell chg-cmd:cmd=rept-stat-trbl:class1=noc-yes chg-cmd:cmd=rept-stat-ls:class1=noc-yes chg-cmd:cmd=rept-stat-rte:class1=noc-yes

New Command Class


1. noc

New Command Class Description


Network Operations Center personnel

Added Commands
rept-stat-trbl rept-stat-slk rept-stat-ls rept-stat-rte rept-stat-clk rept-stat-slk tst-slk tst-dlk tst-bip tst-disk rtrv-slk rtrv-rte rtrv-card rtrv-ls rtrv-serial-num rtrv-ctrl-feat ent-lbp act-lbp chg-secu-dflt chg-secu-trm rtrv-card

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

cot tr2 tr3 adm eng tng tst sec st1

Central Office Technician Commands Tier 2 Support Commands Tier 3 Support Commands Administrative Support Commands Engineering Support Commands Training Support Commands Test Verification Support Commands Security Support Commands Student One Commands

Enter the command - rtrv-cmd:class=(class where commands were added) to verify the commands entered for the class are present.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

163

Learning Activity 3B: EAGLE User Interface using telnet ports 17-24 (optional) Instructor Demonstration Note location of necessary information in the user documentation. Identify the equipment to be used and demonstrate login process. Assignment A Using the following commands, student will login and add a user to the database. 1. Pick one student from each group, and at the selected students PC start radio button located in the bottom left corner of the terminal. 2. Click run in the start menu. 3. In the run window, type telnet along with the IP address supplied by your instructor for the IPSM card used in the EAGLE 5 STP for this assignment. 4. Select a terminal between 17 and 24. 5. type login:uid=eagle [enter]. At the password prompt, type eagle [enter]. 6. Enter the rtrv-secu-dflt command. If multlog=yes, all students may continue to Assignment B. 7. If the rtrv-secu-dflt command reveals that multlog=no, have the student who performed steps 1 and 2 enter the chg-secu-dflt:multlog=yes command so all persons in each group may log in at the same time. 8. Now all students can login by performing step 1. Assignment B Using the rtrv-secu-dflt command from the commands manual, the student will determine and record the system-wide security-related defaults.

PAGE UOUT MULTLOG MINLEN APLHA NUM PUNC YES The default value for multlog is NO, but it was changed to YES in assignment A, step 3.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

164

Assignment B contd Using the chg-secu-dflt command from the commands manual, change the system-wide securityrelated parameters to the values found in the chart below.

PAGE UOUT MULTLOG MINLEN APLHA NUM PUNC

240 240 YES 5 1 0 0

Assignment C 1. Type ent-user:all=yes:uid=(create your own user id, using 1 alpha & up to 15 alpha-numeric characters) [enter] 2. At password prompt, type eagle [enter] 3. You will be asked to verify your password. Re-enter the eagle password [enter] 4. Type logout [enter] 5. Type login:uid=(your own unique user id created in step 1) [enter] 6. At the password prompt, type eagle [enter] 7. You will be asked to change your password. Enter your own new password with at least 5 characters [enter] 8. You will be asked to verify your password. Re-enter the new password [enter] 9. Type rtrv-secu-user [enter] Verify that everyone has all command class privileges denoted by YES under each command class column. 10. Type logout [enter]

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

165

Assignment D Using the rtrv-trm command, student will determine and record the terminal (I/O port) attributes to display the following types of unsolicited messages. Note: The terminal number, 1-16 is displayed in the System ID Region of the VT320 display. Use this information when entering the rtrv-trm:trm= command to retrieve the terminal information for your specific terminal only.

Terminal you are using

TRM APPSERV APPSS CARD CLK DB DBG DURAL GTT GWS LINK LOC LOGINTMR LOGOUTTMR MEAS

MON MPS MXINV PNGTIMEINT PNGFAILCNT PU SA SEAS SECURE SLAN SYS TMOUT TRAF TYPE UIMRD

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

166

Assignment D (contd) Using the chg-trm command change the terminal attributes of your terminal to the values found in the table below. Note: the shaded type parameter in the table should not be changed.

Terminal you are using

TRM APPSERV APPSS CARD CLK DB DBG DURAL GTT GWS LINK LOC LOGINTMR LOGOUTTMR MEAS NONE NONE NO NO NO NO NO YES YES 200 NO NO YES

MON MPS MXINV PNGTIMEINT PNGFAILCNT PU SA SEAS SECURE SLAN SYS TMOUT TRAF TYPE UIMRD

NO NO 6 NONE 10 YES YES NO NO NO YES 20 NO TELNET NO

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

167

168

Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

168

Module 4 Review 1. What is the key word in the following command: ent-card:loc=1101:type=limT1:appl=ss7ansi? 2. If terminal 2 appears on your terminal, to which I/O port is it connected? 3. What is the format of the login command? 4. What are the parameters in the following command: ent-card:type=limE1:appl=ccs7itu:loc=1103? 5. Why does an error message appear after typing in the following command: ent-card:type=DSM:appl=VSCCP:loc=1109 6. To what command class does the init-sys command belong? 7. What command class is required to enter the rept-stat-slk command? 8. What command is used to change an I/O port baud rate? 9. Which function key is used to change the display of the terminal? 10. What command is used to determine the commands that may be executed on a terminal?

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

169

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

170

Module 5

Database Creation
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

171

172

Module 5
This Module contains the following lessons: Lesson 1 Provision the basics of the EAGLE STP and Low Speed DS0 Signaling Links Lesson 2 Provision T1 Signaling Links - ANSI Lesson 3 Provision E1 Signaling Links - ITU Lesson 4 Provision ATM Signaling Links

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

172

Module 5 Lesson 1

Provisioning the Basics of the EAGLE 5 STP


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

173

174

Lesson 1 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:
Provision the basics of the EAGLE 5 STP Provision Low Speed DS0 Signaling Links

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

174

175

Procedures for Provisioning a New EAGLE


Become familiar with the system hardware and network configuration, including locations and connections for shelves, cards, linksets, links, and routes Become familiar with the database administration commands such as the enter (ent), change (chg) and delete (dlt) commands Use the retrieve (rtrv) commands to verify your data entry as you progress through the configuration because it is easy to make errors when entering information such as point codes and linkset names

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

175

176

SS7 Network Example-ANSI DS0


CPC 1-100-0 PC 1-100-1 STP B lsn=stp b 1201A slc=0 CPC 2-120-0 PC 2-120-1 STP A lsn=ssp1:1203A slc=0

Provisioning STP

1-100-3
SSP/MSC

lsn=stp c 1201B slc=0 lsn=stp d 1203B slc=0

2-120-3
SSP/MSC

STP C

STP D

PC 1-100-2 CPC 1-100-0 1-100-4


TANDEM Voice Trunks

PC 2-120-2 CPC 2-120-0 2-120-4


TANDEM

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

176

177

Database Objectives for EAGLE SS7 Functions


EAGLE STP Self Identification chgsid

Shelves entshlf

Cards entcard

Signaling Links entslk

SS7 Linksets entls

Destination Point Codes entdstn

Routes entrte

Allow Cards alwcard

Activate links act-slk

This slide depicts the recommended order of data entry into the EAGLE 5 STP. The first step is to assign a name and point codes to the EAGLE. If shelves other than the Control shelf will be used, they must be entered prior to card entry for the extension shelves. Cards may be entered into the Control Shelf at any time. Cards may now be entered into the configuration. You can actually enter the cards after the linksets if desired, but the cards must be entered prior to signaling link configuration because signaling links reference card slots and links. Destination Point Codes (DPC) are next in the logical order of entry. This entry must be performed prior to linkset entry because linkset entries have a mandatory parameter called adjacent point code (APC) which is a far-end signaling point DPC. If the adjacent point code is not in the DPC table, the linkset entry will fail. Linksets are next in the configuration. Signaling Links follow linksets because a mandatory parameter for a signaling link is the linkset name. Routes are added after signaling links. The logical entry order is to enter routes after signaling links which is the recommended practice. Routes could be entered after linksets because they only reference DPCs and linkset names (LSN). The Allow Card command will download all the tables created to this point onto all of the cards that were just configured. The Activate Signaling Link command will begin the link alignment procedures and allow MSUs to be processed.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

177

178

Change Self Identification


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, the EAGLE is assigned a true point code, a capability point code(s), if used, and a CLLI code When this command is entered, the init-sys command must be entered so these point codes are downloaded throughout the system

Parameters used are: :clli common language location identifier indicates physical location of signaling point :cpc STP capability point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N, used only for load sharing of SCCP messages being sent from the SSP to the STP :cpctype what is this capability point code used for, lnp, stp, inp, eir :ncpc when a cpc needs to be added or deleted :pc STP point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N :pctype ANSI, or other Use chg-sid to add a capability point code, change an existing true point code, change the clli value or the pctype parameter. Requires an init-sys. ent-sid is used to define additional true point codes for the STP. This command allows newly defined true point codes to be distributed to the cards without requiring system initialization (init-sys is not necessary).

Fill in the command parameters for the example network chg-sid:clli=_________________:cpc=_________________:pc=__________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

178

179

Entering Extension Shelves


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, the EAGLE is assigned any extension shelves that will be needed for the configuration being implemented The Control shelf is a default, and cannot be entered or deleted An extension shelf must be entered before cards can be assigned to it As the network grows, more shelves may be added seamlessly with no impact to

Parameters used are: :loc range of 1200 6100 :type ext, indicates extension shelf

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-shlf:type=______________:loc=______________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

179

180

Entering Application Cards


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, cards are entered into the EAGLE system This will include cards used for all signaling links types, and any other features such as:
GTT GWS LNP G-Port G-Flex IP User Interface

Parameters used are: :appl the application running on this card :loc the physical card slot location of the card :type - the type of card being entered

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-card:type=______________:appl=______________:loc=______________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

180

181

Entering Destination Point Codes


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, the EAGLE is assigned the destination point codes of all signaling points to which it is expected to send or receive data This will include both adjacent and non-adjacent signaling points

Parameters used are: :dpc the destination point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N :bei broadcast exception indicator, determines if network management messages are transmitted to the point code, values of yes, and no yes indicates messages are not broadcast no indicates messages are broadcast :clli common language location identifier indicates physical location of signaling point Up to 2,000 destinations may be provisioned on the EAGLE.

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-dstn:dpc=_______________:clli=________________:bei=__________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

181

182

Entering Linksets
chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, the EAGLE is assigned the linksets between the EAGLE and all adjacent signaling points The adjacent point codes (apc) entered with this command must already exist in the destination point code table from the previous command A linkset name is assigned to each linkset, and must be entered into all signaling links in that linkset

Parameters used are: :apc adjacent point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N. this is the point code of the signaling point at the far end of the linkset. This point code must be present in the destination table prior to entry in this table :lsn linkset name, name of the linkset with a maximum of 10 characters. Must begin with an alpha character. :lst the type of linkset used between the two signaling points, A, B, C, D, or E

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-ls:lsn=_______________:lst=_____:apc=_______________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

182

183

Entering Signaling Links


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, the EAGLE is assigned the location of all signaling links These signaling links must be added to one of the linksets entered in the ent-ls command The linkset name is used to create a pointer back to the linkset table

Parameters used are: :loc location of LIM card supporting the signaling link :lsn name of the linkset the signaling link is a part of :link signaling link port of the signaling link card This varies based on type of link interface card used. LIM-AINF, ILA, and EILA only use links A and B. MPL uses links A, B, A1-A3 B1-B3. E1/T1-MIM uses links A, B, A1-A3, B1-B3. E5-E1/T1 uses links A, B, A1-A15, B1-B15. HC-MIM uses links A, B, A1-A31, B1-B31. :slc signaling link code a unique value for a signaling link in a linkset with a range of 0-15

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-slk:lsn=________________:loc=____________:link=_______:slc=________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

183

184

Entering Routes
chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, all logical routes are entered for each point code entered with the ent-dstn command Normal configuration will have 2 routes for each signaling point within the provisioned network and 3 routes for each signaling point outside the provisioned network The :rc parameter is used to identify the priority of each route

Parameters used are: :dpc point code of the signaling point in which the route is being configured :lsn name of the linkset being used for this route :rc relative cost of the route, with a value of 0-99, lowest value indicates most preferred route, and highest value indicates least preferred route A maximum of 6 routes can be defined for each destination point code. For information on the 6-way Loadsharing on Routsets feature, look at slides 326 and 327.

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-rte:dpc=_______________________:lsn=__________________:rc=________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

184

185

Allowing Cards into Service


alw-card act-slk

In this step, the cards entered using the ent-card will be allowed When this command is entered, data from the following tables are downloaded to each allowed card:
ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

Parameters used are: :loc physical location of LIM card

Fill in the command parameters for the example network alw-card:loc=______________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

185

186

Activating Signaling Links


alw-card act-slk

In this step, the signaling links entered using the ent-slk command will be activated When this command is entered, the location and link for each signaling link must be entered in a separate command If the configuration is correct, and all signaling points are functioning properly, and correctly connected, all signaling links will align

Parameters used are: :loc physical location of LIM card :link signaling link port used for the link. .

Fill in the command parameters for the example network act-slk:loc=_______________________:link=__________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

186

187

Module 5 Lesson 1 Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

187

Module 5 Lesson 1 Review


1. On a newly installed EAGLE STP, the last two commands entered after building the basic database are: 2. SLC=1 indicates that an SLK is the first link in a linkset. True or False 3. What command is used to name the EAGLE? 4. The maximum number of routes defined to a given destination are? 5. The related commands for the command entry entls are: 6. To enter a card providing 8 ANSI DS0A signaling links in slot 1108, the following command entry is performed. 7. If it is desirable to broadcast network management messages (TFP and TCP) to adjacent signaling points, BEI=____ must be defined in the entdstn command. 8. A total of _________ destinations may be defined in the Eagle STP. 9. The number of links in a linkset cannot exceed ______.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

188

Module 5 Lesson 2

Provisioning T1 Signaling Links on the EAGLE 5 STP


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

189

190

Lesson 2 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:
Provision T1 Signaling Links - ANSI

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

190

191

SS7 Network Example-ANSI T1


CPC 1-100-0 PC 1-100-1 STP B lsn=stp b 1201A slc=0 ts=1 CPC 2-120-0 PC 2-120-1 STP A lsn=ssp1:1203A slc=0 ts=1 lsn=stp c 1201B slc=0 ts=1 lsn=stp d 1203B slc=0 ts=1

Provisioning STP

1-100-3
SSP/MSC

2-120-3
SSP/MSC

STP C

STP D

PC 1-100-2 CPC 1-100-0 1-100-4


TANDEM Voice Trunks

PC 2-120-2 CPC 2-120-0 2-120-4


TANDEM

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

191

192

Database Objectives for T1 Signaling Links


EAGLE STP Self Identification chgsid Destination Point Codes entdstn

Shelves entshlf

Cards entcard

Signaling Links entslk

T1s ent-t1

SS7 Linksets entls

Routes entrte

Allow Cards alwcard

Activate links act-slk

There are only three command entries that are different for conventional low speed DS0 links and T1 signaling links. They are highlighted in this slide and discussed on the next three slides. We will see the new card type required for a T1 Signaling Link. We will discuss the added information required to provision a T1. We will see the added parameters required for a T1 Signaling Link.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

192

193

Entering T1 Cards
chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-t1 ent-slk ent-rte
Parameters used are: :appl the application running on this card :loc the physical card slot location of the card :type - the type of card being entered

In this step, T1 cards are entered into the EAGLE system. There are two types of card configurations for the T1 card, LIMT1 and LIMCH Cards used for LIM-T1 configuration are E1-T1-MIM, E5-E1/T1 or HC-MIM where the physical connection is made with a T1 cable The E1/T1 MIM is the only card configured as LIMCH E1/T1-MIM may have 1 LIMT1 card, and up to 2 LIMCH cards for each T1

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-card:type=______________:appl=______________:loc=______________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

193

194

Entering T1 Physical Locations and Timing


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-t1 ent-slk ent-rte
Parameters used are: :loc location of the T1 card :t1port the T1 port used for the T1 facility, T1 port 1, up to T1 port 8. Port 1 is normally used. Port 2 can be used to add a second T1 facility to the LIMT1 card, but only 8 timeslots from port 2 can be utilized and these 8 timeslots can only be utilized on the card type LIMT1, not the card type LIMCH. :t1tsel the t1 timing selector, line, or external. Using line, the timing for the T1 links (timeslots) will come from the T1 facility. If external is used, the Master Timing feature must be purchased, and implemented in the EAGLE. :ll T1 cable length

This command enters an interface for a T1 card (physical card slot location) A T1 port must be specified There are two ports on the E1/T1MIM. The physical connection is only on the port A connector on the backplane There are eight ports for on the E5E1/T1 and HC-MIM. The physical connection is on both connections A and B(4 on each port) The T1 timing selector is used to identify external or line timing

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-t1:loc=_____________:t1port=____________:t1tsel=_______:ll=________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

194

195

Entering T1 Signaling Links


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-t1 ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, T1 signaling links are entered into the EAGLE system There are new parameters not used in the previous SS7 configuration

Parameters used are: :bps bits per second, defaults to 56000 :loc location of LIM card supporting the signaling link :lsn name of the linkset the signaling link is a part of :link signaling link port of the Link Interface card, A, B, A1-A31, B1-B31 :slc signaling link code a unique value for a signaling link in a linkset with a range of 0-15 :t1loc card slot location of the LIMT1 card supporting the T1. This parameter is not used if the link is on the LIMT1 card :t1port: - physical location of the T1 facility. Range is 1-8. Value will normally be 1. :ts the timeslot used for the signaling link, with a value of 1-24

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-slk:lsn=________________:loc=____________:link=_______:slc=________ :ts=________________:t1port=____________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

195

196

Allowing T1 Cards Into Service


alw-card act-slk

In this step, the cards entered using the ent-card will be allowed When this command is entered, data from the following tables are downloaded to each allowed card:
ent-card ent-t1 ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

Parameters used are: :loc card slot location of the LIMT1, or LIMCH

Fill in the command parameters for the example network alw-card:loc=______________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

196

197

Activating T1 Signaling Links


alw-card act-slk

In this step, the signaling links entered using the ent-slk command will be activated When this command is entered, the location and link for each signaling link must be entered in a separate command If the configuration is correct, and all signaling points are functioning properly, and correctly connected, all signaling links will align

Parameters used are: :loc card slot location of the LIMT1, or LIMCH :link signaling link port used for the T1 link, ports A, B, A1-A31, B1-B31. This varies based on type of Link Interface card used. LIM-AINF, ILA, and EILA only use A, B

Fill in the command parameters for the example network act-slk:loc=___________________:link=_________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

197

198

Module 5 Lesson 2 Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

198

Module 5 Lesson 2 Review


1. To provision a E5-E1/T1 card in slot 2308 for ANSI, the following command entry must be input. _________________________________________________ 2. The application used with card type limt1 =ss7ansi. TRUE / FALSE 3. The HC-MIM card is configured as card type LIMCH. TRUE / FALSE 4. There are __________ links available on the E5-E1/T1 card.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

199

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

200

Module 5 Lesson 3

Provisioning E1 Signaling Links on the EAGLE 5 STP


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

201

202

Lesson 3 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:
Provision the basics of the EAGLE 5 STP Provision E1 Signaling Links for ITU networks

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

202

203

SS7 Network Example - ITU


PCI 1-1-1 PCN 1001 STP B lsn=stpbn 1201A slc=0 ts=1 lsn=stpbi 1201A1 slc=0 ts=1 PCI 1-140-1 PCN 0141 STP A lsn=ssp1:1203A slc=0 ts=1

Provisioning STP

1003
MSC 2

lsn=stpcn 1201B slc=0 ts=1 lsn=stpci 1201B1 slc=0 ts=1 lsn=stpdn 1203 B slc=0 ts=1 lsn=stpdi 1203 B1 slc=0 ts=1

0143
MSC 1

STP C

STP D

lsn=stpdn 1205 A slc=0 ts=1 lsn=stpdi 1205 A1 slc=0 ts=1

PCN 1002 PCI 1-1-2 1004


TRANSIT

PCN 0142 PCI 1-140-2 0144


Voice Trunks
TRANSIT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

203

204

Database Objectives for E1 Signaling Links


EAGLE STP Self Identification chgsid Destination Point Codes entdstn

Shelves entshlf

Cards entcard

Signaling Links entslk

E1s ent-e1

SS7 Linksets entls

Routes entrte

Allow Cards alwcard

Activate links act-slk

This slide depicts the recommended order of data entry into the EAGLE 5 STP for E1 Signaling Links. The first step is to assign a name and point codes to the EAGLE. If shelves other than the Control shelf will be used, they must be entered prior to card entry for the extension shelves. Cards may be entered into the Control Shelf at any time. Cards may now be entered into the configuration. You can actually enter the cards after the linksets if desired, but the cards must be entered prior to signaling link configuration because signaling links reference card slots and links. Destination Point Codes (DPC) are next in the logical order of entry. This entry must be performed prior to linkset entry because linkset entries have a mandatory parameter called adjacent point code (APC) which is a far-end signaling point DPC. If the adjacent point code is not in the DPC table the linkset entry will fail. Linksets are next in the configuration. Entering E1 physical location and timing information follows Linksets. This entry must be performed prior to entering Signaling links because the E1 loc is referenced in the enter Signaling Link command. Signaling Links follow linksets and E1 entries because a mandatory parameters for a signaling link are the linkset name, e1port and e1loc. Routes are added after signaling links. The logical entry order is to enter routes after signaling links which is the recommended practice. Routes could be entered after linksets because they only reference DPCs and linkset names (LSN). The Allow Card command will download all the tables created to this point onto all of the cards that were just configured. The Activate Signaling Link command will begin the link alignment procedures and allow MSUs to be processed.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

204

205

Change Self Identification


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-e1 ent-slk ent-rte
Parameters used are: :clli common language location identifier indicates physical location of signaling point :cpc STP capability point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N, used only for load sharing of SCCP messages being sent from the SSP to the STP :cpctype what is this capability point code used for, lnp, stp, inp, eir :ncpc when a cpc needs to be added or deleted :pc STP point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N :pctype ANSI, or other Use chg-sid to add a capability point code, change an existing true point code, change the clli value or the pctype parameter. Requires an init-sys. ent-sid is used to define additional true point codes for the STP. This command allows newly defined true point codes to be distributed to the cards without requiring system initialization (init-sys is not necessary).

In this step, the EAGLE is assigned a true point code, a capability point code(s), if used, and a CLLI code When this command is entered, the init-sys command must be entered so these point codes are downloaded throughout the system

Fill in the command parameters for the example network chg-sid:clli=_________________:pci=_________________:pcn=__________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

205

206

Entering Extension Shelves


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-e1 ent-slk ent-rte
Parameters used are: :loc range of 1200 6100 :type ext, indicates extension shelf

In this step, the EAGLE is assigned any extension shelves that will be needed for the configuration being implemented The Control shelf is a default and cannot be entered, or deleted An extension shelf must be entered before cards can be assigned to it As the network grows, more shelves may be added seamlessly with no impact to current configuration or traffic

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-shlf:type=______________:loc=______________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

206

207

Entering E1 Cards
chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-e1 ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, E1 cards are entered into the EAGLE system. There are two types of card configurations for the E1 card, LIME1 and LIMCH Cards used for LIM-E1 configuration are E1-T1-MIM, E5-E1/T1 or HC-MIM where the physical connection is made with a E1 cable The E1/T1 MIM is the only card configured as LIMCH E1/T1-MIM may have 1 LIME1 card, and up to 3 LIMCH cards for each E1

Parameters used are: :appl the application running on this card :loc the physical card slot location of the card :type - the type of card being entered

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-card:type=______________:appl=______________:loc=______________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

207

208

Entering Destination Point Codes


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-e1 ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, the EAGLE is assigned the destination point codes of all signaling points to which it is expected to send or receive data This will include both adjacent and non-adjacent signaling points

Parameters used are: :dpc the destination point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N :bei broadcast exception indicator, determines if network management messages are transmitted to the point code, values of yes, and no yes indicates messages are not broadcast no indicates messages are broadcast :clli common language location identifier indicates physical location of signaling point Up to 2,000 destinations may be provisioned on the EAGLE

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-dstn:dpci=______________:clli=______________:bei=______________ ent-dstn:dpcn=______________:clli=______________:bei=______________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

208

209

Entering Linksets
chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-e1 ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, the EAGLE is assigned the linksets between the EAGLE and all adjacent signaling points The adjacent point codes (apc) entered with this command must already exist in the destination point code table from the previous command A linkset name is assigned to each linkset, and must be entered into all signaling links in that linkset

Parameters used are: :apc adjacent point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N. This is the point code of the signaling point at the far end of the linkset. This point code must be present in the destination table prior to entry in this table. :lsn linkset name, name of the linkset with a maximum of 10 characters. Must begin with an alpha character. :lst the type of linkset used between the two signaling points, A, B, C, D, or E

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-ls:lsn=_______________:lst=_____:apci=_______________________ ent-ls:lsn=_______________:lst=_____:apcn=_______________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

209

210

Entering E1 Physical Locations and Timing


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-e1 ent-slk ent-rte

This command enters an interface for a E1 card (physical card slot location) A E1 port must be specified There are two ports on the E1/T1MIM The physical connection is only on the port A connector on the backplane There are eight ports for on the E5-E1/T1 and HC-MIM. The physical connection is on connectors A and B The E1 timing selector is used to identify external or line timing

Parameters used are: :loc location of the E1 card :e1port E1 card port number. The value must be a E1 port for which an interface has not been configured on the specified card. Ports 3-8 can be specified only for HC-MIM and E5E1/T1 cards. :e1tsel the e1 timing selector, line, or external. Using line, the timing for the E1 links(timeslots) will come from channel 0 of the E1 facility. If external is used, the Master Timing feature must be purchased, and implemented in the EAGLE.

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-e1:loc=_______________:e1port=_____:e1tsel=_______________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

210

211

Entering E1 Signaling Links


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-e1 ent-slk ent-rte
Parameters used are: :bps bits per second, should be entered as 64000 for the E1(defaults to 56000) :loc location of LIM card supporting the signaling link :lsn name of the linkset the signaling link is a part of :link signaling link port of the LIM card, ports A, B, A1-A31, B1-B31 :slc signaling link code a unique value for a signaling link in a linkset with a range of 0-15 :e1loc card slot location of the LIME1 card supporting the E1. This parameter is not used if the link is on a card configured as type=LIME1. This parameter is used if the link is on a card configured as type=LIMCH. :e1port: - physical location of the E1 facility. Range is 1-8. Value will be normally be 1. :ts the timeslot used for the signaling link, with a value of 1-31

In this step, E1 signaling links are entered into the EAGLE system There are new parameters not used in the previous SS7 configuration

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-slk:loc=___________:link=_____:slc=_____:ts=_______:bps=___________ :lsn=_____________:e1port=_______

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

211

212

Entering Routes
chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-e1 ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, all logical routes are entered for each point code entered with the ent-dstn command Normal configuration will have 2 routes for each signaling point within the provisioned network, and 3 routes for each signaling point outside the provisioned network The :rc parameter is used to identify the priority of each route

Parameters used are: :dpc point code of the signaling point in which the route is being configured :lsn name of the linkset being used for this route :rc relative cost of the route, with a value of 0-99, lowest value indicates most preferred route, and highest value indicates least preferred route A maximum of 6 routes can be defined for each destination point code. For information on the 6-way Loadsharing on Routsets feature, look at slides 326 and 327

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-rte:dpci=_______________________:lsn=__________________:rc=________ ent-rte:dpcn=_______________________:lsn=__________________:rc=________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

212

213

Allowing E1 Cards Into Service


alw-card act-slk

In this step, the cards entered using the ent-card will be allowed When this command is entered, data from the following tables are downloaded to each allowed card: ent-card ent-e1 ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk

Parameters used are: :loc physical location of LIM card

Fill in the command parameters for the example network alw-card:loc=__________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

213

214

Activating E1 Signaling Links


alw-card act-slk

In this step, the signaling links entered using the ent-slk command will be activated When this command is entered, the location and link for each signaling link must be entered in a separate command If the configuration is correct, and all signaling points are functioning properly, and correctly connected, all signaling links will align

Parameters used are: :loc physical location of LIM card :link signaling link port used for the E-1link, ports A, B, A1-A31, B1-B31. This varies based on type of Link Interface card used. LIM-E1 card only uses A and B port. E1/T1 MIM uses A-A3 and B-B3. E5-E1/T1 uses A-A31 and B-B31

Fill in the command parameters for the example network act-slk:loc=_______________________:link=__________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

214

215

Module 5 Lesson 3 Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

215

Module 5 Lesson 3 Review


1. On a newly installed EAGLE STP, the last two commands entered after building the basic database are: 2. SLC=1 indicates that an SLK is the first link in a linkset. True or False 3. What command is used to name the EAGLE? 4. List the mandatory parameters for the ent-e1 command. _____________________________________________________ 5. The maximum number of routes defined to a given destination are? 6. The related commands for the command entry entls are: 7. To provision a E5-E1/T1 card in slot 2308 for ITU, the following command entry must be input.__________________________________________ 8. If it is desirable to broadcast network management messages (TFP and TCP) to adjacent signaling points, BEI=____ must be defined in the entdstn command. 9. A total of _________ destinations may be defined in the Eagle STP. 10. The number of links in a linkset cannot exceed ______. 11. The type limch is used with the E5-E1/T1 card. True or False 12. The ______________ command uses both the e1port and e1tsel parameters.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

216

Module 5 Lesson 4

Provisioning ATM Signaling Links on the EAGLE 5 STP


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

217

218

Lesson 4 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:
Provision ATM Signaling Links for ITU networks

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

218

219

Database Objectives for ATM Signaling Links


EAGLE STP Self Identification chgsid

Shelves entshlf

Cards entcard

Signaling Links entslk

SS7 Linksets entls

Destination Point Codes entdstn

Routes entrte

Allow Cards alwcard

Activate links act-slk

There are only two command entries that are different for conventional low speed DS0 links and ATM signaling links. They are highlighted in this slide and discussed on the next two slides. We will see the new card type required for a ATM Signaling Link. We will see the added parameters required for a ATM Signaling Link.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

219

220

Entering ATM Cards


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, LIMATM cards are entered into the EAGLE system There are three types of cards that can be configured as an LIMATM card LIMATM is a card used in ANSI LIME1ATM is a card used in ITU E5-ATM is a new replacement for both LIM-ATM (ANSI) and LIME1ATM (ITU) cards

Parameters used are: :appl the application running on this card :loc the physical card slot location of the card :type - the type of card being entered

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-card:type=______________:appl=______________:loc=______________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

220

221

Entering ATM Signaling Links


chg-sid ent-shlf ent-card ent-dstn ent-ls ent-slk ent-rte

In this step, ATM signaling links are entered into the EAGLE system There are new parameters of the ent-slk command not used in the previous SS7 or E1/T1 configuration

Parameters used are: :loc location of LIM card supporting the signaling link :lsn name of the linkset the signaling link is a part of :link signaling link port of the Link Interface card. All cards except E5-ATM use only link A. E5-ATM may use link A and B. :slc signaling link code a unique value for a signaling link in a linkset with a range of 0-15 :atmtsel ATM timing selector default setting is line, master timing feature required for external timing :bps must be set to 1544000 for ANSI and 2048000 for ITU :ll line length of ATM cable (ANSI only) :lpset link parameter set identifier (ANSI & ITU) :vci virtual channel identifier (ANSI & ITU) :vpi virtual path identifier (ANSI & ITU) :e1atmcrc4 crc4 multiframe structure indicator (ITU only) :e1atmsi value of spare international bits of NFAS data (ITU only) :e1atmsn value of spare national bits of NFAS data (ITU only)

Fill in the command parameters for the example network ent-slk:lsn=________________:loc=____________:link=_______:slc=________ :bps=______________:ll=_________:lpset=_________:vci=________:vpi=________ :e1atmcrc4=_____________:e1atmsi=___________:e1atmsn=_____________
TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only

221

222

Module 5 Lesson 4 Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

222

Module 5 Lesson 4 Review


1. The _________________ card is a new replacement for LIM-ATM and LIME1ATM cards. 2. New parameters used with an ATM signaling link are ______, _______, ________, __________, _________, __________, ________________ 3. The bps rate of _______________________ is the default value for an ANSI ATM signaling link. 4. The bps rate of _______________________ is the default value for an ITU ATM signaling link. 5. The ll parameter is only used in the ________________ network.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

223

224

Learning Activity

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

224

225

Learning Activity 4: Database Creation


Provides handson practice for creating and implementing EAGLE 5 STP database configuration. Materials, Equipment, and References
EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal EAGLE STP Database Administration Manual SS7 EAGLE STP Commands Manual

Using the assigned STP network drawing and commands manual, create the configuration using the supplied form and configure your assigned EAGLE.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

225

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

226

227

Raleigh / Clayton Network Drawing


CPC 220-13-0 PC 220-13-1 Dallas 402.02
dallasls 1211A slc=0

CPC 240-12-0 PC 240-12-1 Raleigh 401.12


hubardls 1213A slc=0 clayncls 1201A slc=0 clayncls 1213B slc=1 apexls 1201B slc=0

240-12-3
Apex

SSP

240-12-4
wilsonls 1203A slc=0
Wilson

240-12-5
bensonls 1203B slc=0
Benson

240-12-6
rlghncls 1201A slc=0 rlghncls 1213B slc=1 dallasls 1211A slc=0 caryls 1205A slc=0
Cary

240-12-7
fuquayls 1205B slc=0
Fuquay

SSP

Hubbard 402.12 PC 220-13-2 CPC 220-13-0

hubardls 1213A slc=0

Clayton 401.03 PC 240-12-2 CPC 240-12-0


dunnls 1207A slc=0

240-12-8
Dunn

220-13-5
Tandem

240-12-9
tandemls 1207B slc=0 Tandem

Signaling Links

Voice Trunks

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

227

228

Denver / Salt Lake Network Drawing


CPC 220-13-0 PC 220-13-1 Dallas 402.02
dallasls 1211A slc=0

CPC 190-12-0 PC 190-12-1 Denver 403.03


hubardls 1213A slc=0 slakels 1201A slc=0 slakels 1213B slc=1

190-12-3
pueblols 1201B slc=0 Pueblo

SSP

190-12-4
durangols 1203A slc=0
Durango

190-12-5
boulderls 1203B slc=0
Boulder

190-12-6
denverls 1201A slc=0 denverls 1213B slc=1 dallasls 1211A slc=0 vernalls 1205A slc=0
Vernal

190-12-7
ogdenls 1205B slc=0
Ogden

SSP

Hubbard 402.12 PC 220-13-2 CPC 220-13-0

hubardls 1213A slc=0

Salt Lake 403.12 PC 190-12-2 CPC 190-12-0


moabls 1207A slc=0

190-12-8
Moab

220-13-5
Tandem

190-12-9
tandemls 1207B slc=0 Tandem

Signaling Links

Voice Trunks

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

228

229

Dallas / Hubbard Network Drawing


CPC 190-12-0 PC 190-12-1 Denver 190-12-9
Tandem denvrls 1205B slc=0

CPC 220-13-0 PC 220-13-1 Dallas 402.02


allenls 1205A slc=0

220-13-3
Allen

403.03 Salt Lake saltlkls 1207A slc=0 403. 12 CPC 190-12-0 PC 190-12-2 CPC 240-12-0 PC 240-12-2 Clayton clayncls 1211A slc=0

220-13-4
hubardls 1201A slc=0 hubardls 1213B slc=1 wacols 1203B slc=0
Waco

dallasls 1201A slc=0 dallasls 1213B slc=1 crawfdls 1203A slc=0

220-13-6
Crawford

Hubbard 402.12 CPC 220-13-0 220-13-7


ftwrthls 1201B slc=0 Ft Worth

240-12-9
Tandem

401.03 Raleigh 401.12


ralncls 1207B slc=0

PC 220-13-2 220-13-5

CPC 240-12-0 PC 240-12-1 Signaling Links Voice Trunks

tandemls 1213A slc=0 Tandem

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

229

ANSI SS7 Network STP Configuration Form

chg-sid: init-sys ent-shlf: ent-card: ent-card: ent-card: ent-card: ent-card: ent-card: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk:

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

230

ANSI SS7 Network STP Configuration Form


ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: alw-card: act-slk:

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

231

232

ANSI T1 Network Drawing


SSP

SSP

STP

STP
SSP

lsxxxx 1216A slc=2


SCP

lsxxxx 1216A slc=2

SCP

SSP SSP

STP

STP

SSP

Tandem

Tandem

Signaling Links

Voice Trunks

Use this network example to add a T1 signaling link to the C-linkset between your assigned pair of STPs.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

232

ANSI T1 Network STP Configuration Form

ent-card: ent-t1: ent-slk: alw-card: act-slk:

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

233

234

EAGLE STP Network Diagram - ITU


2000
HLR1

3000
hlr1 1201A4 e1port=1ts=5 slc=0

PCI 1-0-2 PCN 10002

in1 1201A8 e1port=1ts=9 slc=0

IN1

2001 STP A
HLR2

3001
hlr2 1201A5 e1port=1ts=6 slc=0

Gatwick
gatheatn 1211A e1port=1 ts=1 slc=0

in2 1201A9 e1port=1ts=10 slc=0

IN2

1000
SMSC1

3002
in3 1201A10 e1port=1ts=11 slc=0
IN3

smsc1 1201A e1port=1ts=1 slc=0

gatheati 1211A1 e1port=1 ts=2 slc=0

1001
SMSC2

3003
smsc2 1201A1 e1port=1ts=2 slc=0

STP B Heathrow PCI 1-0-3

in4 1201A11 e1port=1ts=12 slc=0

IN4

1002
SMSC3

4001
pp2 1201A12 e1port=1 ts=13 slc=0
PP2

smsc3 1201A2 e1port=1ts=3 slc=0

PCN 10003

7000

7001

MSC 1

msc1 1203A e1port=1ts=1 slc=1

msc2 1203A1 e1port=1ts=2 slc=1

MSC 2

BPS rate for all of the links in this network drawing is 64Kbps

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

234

ITU SS7/E1 Network STP Configuration Form


chg-sid: init-sys ent-shlf: ent-card: ent-card: ent-card: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-e1: ent-e1: ent-e1: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only

235

ITU SS7/E1 Network STP Configuration Form


ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte:

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

236

ITU SS7/E1 Network STP Configuration Form


ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: alw-card: alw-card: alw-card: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk: act-slk:

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

237

238

ANSI ATM Network Drawing


SSP

SSP

STP

STP
SSP

lsxxxx 1217A slc=3


SCP

lsxxxx 1217A slc=3

SCP

SSP SSP

STP

STP

SSP

Tandem

Tandem

Signaling Links

Voice Trunks

Use this network example to add an ATM signaling link to the C-linkset between your assigned pair of STPs.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

238

ANSI ATM Network STP Configuration Form

ent-card: ent-slk: alw-card: act-slk:

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

239

240

ITU ATM Network Drawing

STP A Gatwick
pp1 1205A e1port=1 slc=0 bps=1984000
PP1

STP B Heathrow

Use this network example to add an ATM signaling link and linkset the PP1 signaling point

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

240

ITU ATM Network STP Configuration Form


ent-card: ent-dstn: ent-ls: ent-e1: ent-slk: ent-rte: ent-rte: alw-card: act-slk:

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

241

242

Portable STP Network Example


CPC 213-20-0
SSP

CPC 220-13-0 PC 220-13-1


newyorkls 1111B slc=0

CPC 190-12-0 PC 190-12-1


denverls 1111B slc=0
SSP

PC 213-20-1

New York

San Fran

Denver

bostonls 1103B slc=0


SSP SSP

dallasls 1101A slc=0 slakels 1107A slc=0

SSP

tandemls 1103A slc=0

SSP

Boston

Dallas

Salt Lake

PC 213-20-2 CPC 213-20-0 213-20-6


Tandem

PC 220-13-2 CPC 220-13-0 220-13-3


Tandem

PC 190-12-2 CPC 190-12-0 190-12-6


Tandem

Signaling Links

Voice Trunks

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

242

ANSI SS7 Network Portable STP Configuration Form

chg-sid: init-sys ent-card: ent-card: ent-card: ent-card: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-dstn: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-ls: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-slk: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte:

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

243

ANSI SS7 Network Portable STP Configuration Form

ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: ent-rte: alw-card: act-slk:

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

244

Module 6

Database Management
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

245

246

Module 6 Objectives
After this Module, you should be able to
Explain the procedures for maintaining an EAGLE STP database using the database management commands Describe database backup, repair, and restore commands and procedures

This section discusses the following Database Management Procedures: Backup to the fixed disk Backup to the removable cartridge Backup to the remote server Perform the repair procedure Restore from the fixed disk Restore from the removable cartridge Restore from the remote server The following EAGLE 5 STP Manuals will be used as reference for this section of the course: Commands Database Administration System Management Maintenance

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

246

247

Database Command rept-stat-db


TOTAL ALARM STATUS MINR 6 TERMINAL # 1 REL. XXXX CLLI: RLGHNCXA01W DATE: 08-08-22 16:10:50 EDT

RLGHNCXA21W 05-01-22 16:10:49 EST Rel. XXXX DATABASE STATUS: >> ok << TDM 1114 (STDBY) C LEVEL TIME LAST BACKUP FD BKUP Y 90 08-08-22 03:45:03 EDT FD CRNT Y 124 MDAL 1117 RD BKUP Y 90 08-08-22 03:51:00

TDM 1116 (ACTV) C LEVEL TIME LAST BACKUP Y 90 08-08-22 03:45:03 EDT Y 124

rept-stat-db Command Accepted >rept-stat-db

The rept-stat-db command should be analyzed prior to performing any database management procedures. Things to look for in the rept-stat-db command are: Date and time of last backup Coherency between fixed disk partitions indicated by the C under TDM. Are levels different between the fixed disk backup and current partitions? Are levels different between both TDM backup partitions and current partitions? Are levels different between the fixed disk and the backup disk?

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

247

248

Backup to TDM Fixed Disks


ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed

Make a copy of the database from the current partition on the active and standby fixed disk to the backup partition on each of those disks. Perform the backup according to the backup procedure, EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual procedures or your company policy. Enter the following backup commands: rept-stat-db chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed NOTE - If the destination is not specified, default to fixed (:dest=fixed).

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

248

249

Backup to Removable Cartridge


ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

SYSTEM DATA REMOVABLE CARTRIDGE

Backup Data GPLs

chg-db:action=backup:dest=remove
Make a backup of the database to the removable cartridge. Copy the database on the current partition of the active TDM fixed disk to the removable cartridge in the MDAL. Enter the following backup commands: rept-stat-db chg-db:action=backup:dest=remove NOTE - If the destination is not specified, default to fixed (:dest=fixed) CAUTION! Do not leave the MO disk in the drive for an extended period of time. Exposure to heat may affect execution of backup/restore operations.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

249

250

Backup to USB Removable Drive


ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

USB Memory Module Backup Data

chg-db:action=backup:dest=remove
Use this procedure to make a backup of the database to the USB memory module when using the E5-MASP card. Copy the database on the current partition of the active E5-MASP TDMs to the USB memory module in the latched USB slots of the active E5-MASP card. Enter the following backup commands: rept-stat-db chg-db:action=backup:dest=remove NOTE - If the destination is not specified, default to fixed (:dest=fixed) If the dest=usb, the backup is performed to a credit card drive which also resides on the E5-MCAP. A credit card USB memory module must be inserted into the Active OAM flush-mounted USB port prior to issuing the backup command.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

250

251

Backup to Remote Server


ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Database FTP Server E5-IPSM

chg-db:action=backup:dest=server
This command allows a copy of the database to be saved to a remote server, using FTP. If the EAGLE OA&M IP Security feature is turned on, the Secure FTP is used for data backup. Performing a backup to a remote server requires E5-IPSM cards. FTP Server must be configured using the ent-ftp-serv command. The application (app) must configured as database backup/restore application (app=db).

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

251

252

Repairing the TDM Database


ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

chg-db:action=repair

Perform the repair procedure whenever the two fixed disks have a different database image, for example, after a MASP failure or after you rotate your spare TDM. Copy the fixed disk image of the database associated with the ACTIVE MASP to the fixed disk of the STANDBY MASP. Be sure to enter the rept-stat-db command first to verify that you are repairing in the correct direction. Enter the following backup commands: rept-stat-db chg-db:action=repair NOTE - This procedure may take up to 45 minutes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

252

253

Restore from the TDM Fixed Disks


ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

chg-db:action=restore:src=fixed

Copy the database from the backup partition of both MASPs to the current partition of both MASPs Enter the following backup commands: rept-stat-db chg-db:action=restore:src=fixed If the source is not specified, default to fixed (:src=fixed) NOTE - An init-sys command must be issued after this procedure. See the EAGLE STP Commands Manual. Use the parameter data=persist if any number portability functions are activated on the EAGLE 5 STP. An init-network command may be substituted. See the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

253

254

Restore from the Removable Disk


ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

SYSTEM DATA REMOVABLE DISK

Backup Data GPLs

chg-db:action=restore:src=remove
Restoring the Fixed Disks from the Removable Disk Be sure the removable cartridge contains the database configuration to be restored Copy the database on the removable cartridge to the current partitions of both MASPs (TDMs) Enter the following backup commands: rept-stat-db chg-db:action=restore:src=remove If the source is not specified, default to fixed (:src=fixed). NOTE - An init-sys command must be issued after this procedure. Init-network command may be substituted. See the EAGLE STP Commands Manual. Use the parameter data=persist if any number portability functions are activated on the EAGLE 5 STP. An init-network command may be substituted. See the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

254

255

Restore from the USB Removable Drive


ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

USB Memory Module Backup Data

chg-db:action=restore:src=remove
Use this procedure to restore the Fixed Disks from the USB memory module Be sure the data to be restore is the correct and most up to date data The database on the active memory module is copied to the current partitions on each E5-MASP cards. Enter the following backup commands: rept-stat-db chg-db:action=restore:src=remove If the source is not specified, default to fixed (:src=fixed). NOTE - An init-sys command must be issued after this procedure. Init-network command may be substituted. An init-network command may be substituted. See the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

255

256

Restore from the USB Credit Card Drive


ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

SYSTEM DATA USB CREDIT CARD DRIVE

Backup Data

chg-db:action=restore:src=usb
Use this procedure to restore the Fixed Disks from the USB Credit Card Drive Be sure the data to be restore is the correct and most up to date data Copy the data on the Credit Card drive that is inserted in the active OAMs flush mount USB slot to the current partitions of both MASPs (TDMs) Enter the following backup commands: rept-stat-db chg-db:action=restore:src=usb If the source is not specified, default to fixed (:src=fixed). NOTE - An init-sys command must be issued after this procedure. Init-network command may be substituted. An init-network command may be substituted. See the Commands Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

256

257

Restore from Remote Server


ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Backup Data Current Data Measurements GPLs

Database FTP Server E5-IPSM

chg-db:action=restore:src=server:file=file name being restored

For a database restore, the EAGLE 5 STP unpacks and uncompresses the backup files from the FTP server and places those files on the active partition of both TDMs.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

257

258

Formatting a Previously Used Cartridge


A previously used removable disk may be re-formatted as a System disk OAM measurements must be disabled before formatting the disk. Disable measurements using the command: chg-meas:collect=off Measurment Platform measurements are not disabled for this procedure. If the disk has been previously used for backups, the force=yes parameter must be used. To format a previously used disk use the command: format-disk:type=system:force=yes:low=no After the format-disk command is complete, it is recommended to copy the system Release software from the TDM using the command:copy-gpl Be sure to turn measurements back on after the formatdisk command
When formatting a used Magneto-Optical (M.O.) Disk, the low=no parameter should be used to reduce the format time. Low level formatting of the disk can take close to one hour, while not performing the low lever format will only take 3-5 minutes. The default for this parameter is low=yes, so it is important to enter low=no, when formatting a previously used M.O. Disk. When formatting a used M.O. Disk, the force parameter must be used to verify that it is okay to lose the data on the disk, because any data will be deleted.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

258

259

Formatting a Used USB Credit Card Drive


A previously used credit card USB drive may be reformatted as a System disk OAM measurements must be disabled before formatting the disk. Disable measurements using the command: chg-meas:collect=off Measurment Platform measurements are not disabled for this procedure. If the drive has been previously used for backups, the force=yes parameter must be used. To format a previously used drive use the command: format-disk:type=usb:loc=1113:force=yes:low=no After the format-disk command is complete, it is recommended to copy the system Release software from the TDM using the command:copy-gpl Be sure to turn measurements back on after the formatdisk command

When formatting a used USB drive, the low=no parameter should be used to reduce the format time. Low level formatting of the drive can take close to one hour, while not performing the low lever format will only take 3-5 minutes. The default for this parameter is low=yes, so it is important to enter low=no, when formatting a previously used USB drive.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

259

260

Formatting a New Removable Cartridge


A new removable disk may be formatted as a System disk. OAM measurements must be disabled before formatting the disk. Disable measurements using the command: chg-meas:collect=off Measurment Platform measurements are not disabled for this procedure. Format an unformatted (new) disk using the command: format-disk:type=system:low=yes After the format-disk command is complete, it is recommended to copy the system Release software from the TDM using the command:copy-gpl Be sure to turn measurements back on after the formatdisk command

When formatting a new M.O. disk the low level format must be performed in order to create the partitions on the disk for the GPL, and the backup data. The default action is low=yes, so the parameter low=yes does not need to be entered in the command for it to proceed correctly.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

260

261

Formatting a New USB Credit Card Drive


A new removable disk may be formatted as a System disk. OAM measurements must be disabled before formatting the disk. Disable measurements using the command: chg-meas:collect=off Measurment Platform measurements are not disabled for this procedure. Format an unformatted (new) disk using the command: format-disk:type=usb:loc=1113:low=yes After the format-disk command is complete, it is recommended to copy the system Release software from the TDM using the command:copy-gpl Be sure to turn measurements back on after the formatdisk command

When formatting a new USB drive the low level format must be performed in order to create the partitions on the disk for the GPL, and the backup data. The default action is low=yes, so the parameter low=yes does not need to be entered in the command for it to proceed correctly.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

261

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

262

263

Learning Activities

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

263

264

Learning Activity 5: Database Maintenance


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE STP Database Administration Manual - SS7, STP, and user interface for database backup procedures. After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Backup database to the fixed disk and either a removable cartridge or USB drive

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE STP Database Administration Manual - SS7 Removable Cartridge USB drive

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

264

Assignment A - Backup to Fixed Disk Use available materials, equipment, references and the following flowchart to perform a backup of the database to the fixed disk

Enter the rept-stat-db command

Is the database in the current (CRNT) partitions of the fixed disks coherent?

No

Call for instructor assistance

Yes Enter the chg-db:action= backup: dest=fixed command

Enter the rept-stat-db command

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

265

Assignment B - Backup to Cartridge Use available materials, equipment, references ant the following flowchart to perform a backup of the database to a removable cartridge.

C h e c k t h e r e m o v a b le d is k d r iv e f o r a r e m o v a b le c a r t r id g e

I s a c a r t r id g e d r iv e in t h e d is k d r iv e ? Yes E n te r th e re p t-s ta t-d b com m and

No

C a ll f o r in s t r u c t o r a s s is t a n c e

I s t h e d a t a b a s e in th e c u rre n t (C R N T ) p a r t it io n s o f t h e f ix e d d is k s c o h e re n t? Yes I n s e r t a w r it e e n a b le d c a r t r id g e in t h e r e m o v a b le d is k d r iv e

No

C a ll f o r in s t r u c t o r a s s is t a n c e

E n t e r t h e c h g - d b : a c t io n = b a c k u p : d e s t= re m o v e c o m m a n d

E n te r th e re p t-s ta t-d b com m and

R e m o v e t h e c a r t r id g e f r o m t h e r e m o v a b le d is k d r iv e

L a b e l t h e r e m o v a b le c a r t r id g e

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

266

Assignment C - Backup to USB drive Use available materials, equipment, references ant the following flowchart to perform a backup of the database to a USB thumb drive.

C h e c k t h e U S B d r iv e f o r a U S B t h u m b d r iv e

I s a t h u m b d r iv e in t h e d r iv e ?

No

C a ll f o r in s t r u c t o r a s s is t a n c e

Yes E n te r th e re p t-s ta t-d b com m and

I s t h e d a t a b a s e in th e c u rre n t (C R N T ) p a r t it io n s o f t h e f ix e d d is k s c o h e re n t? Yes I n s e r t a U S B t h u m b d r iv e in t h e U S B d r iv e

No

C a ll f o r in s t r u c t o r a s s is t a n c e

E n t e r t h e c h g - d b : a c t io n = b a c k u p : d e s t = u s b : lo c = x x x x c o m m a n d

E n te r th e re p t-s ta t-d b com m and

R e m o v e t h e t h u m b d r iv e f r o m t h e U S B d r iv e

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

267

268

Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

268

Module 6 Review
1. After you install the spare TDM into the system, which command do you need to perform? A. Repair B. Restore C. Backup 2. What is the purpose of doing a backup to the fixed disk? 3. If you type in the command chg-db:action=restore, the EAGLE STP takes the contents from the removable disk and writes it to the current partition of both fixed TDMs. True or False 4. Before you begin any database action, which command do you enter? A. repair B. restore C. backup to fixed D. rept-stat-db 5. What is the advantage of performing the step in Question 4? 6. What are the possible values for the parameter :action= ___________? 7. What are the possible values for the parameter :dest = ____________? 8. What are the two partitions of the System Data Removable Cartridge? 9. What are the four partitions of the TDM Fixed Disk? 10. What is the default value of src in the following command: chg-db :action = restore :src = ?

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

269

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

270

Module 7

EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance


TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

271

272

Module 7 Objectives
After this Module, you should be able to:
Explain the Preventive Maintenance procedures of the EAGLE 5 STP Explain the Corrective Maintenance procedures for verifying system alarms, responding to system messages, and clearing alarms

The following EAGLE STP Manuals will be used as reference for this section of the course. Commands Maintenance

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

272

273

Preventive Maintenance Procedures


Preventive Maintenance consists of the following:
Maintaining the Fuse and Alarm Panel Daily Procedures Weekly Procedures Monthly Procedures Quarterly Procedures Semi-Annual Procedures

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

273

274

Maintaining the Fuse and Alarm Panel


There are two types of Fuse and Alarm Panels that require a diode board test. They are:
P/N 1606/2320xx FAP P/N 870-2804-01 FAP

The diode test procedures for these boards will be discussed on the next two slides. Diode board testing is a troubleshooting procedure. You may have to occasionally perform corrective maintenance on the FAP itself. These procedures are located in the Preventive Maintenance section of the Maintenance Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

274

275

FAP 870-1606/2320xx Diode Board Testing


Diode Board A Jumper Board Alarm Board Diode Board B

OP/MAINT

Jumper Position in Operation Mode

P72 Jumper Position in Maintenance Mode P71

P72 P71

1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8.

9.

10. 11. 12. 13.

Check to verify the OP/Maint. LED is green, indicating the FAP is not in maintenance mode. Unscrew the two thumbscrews securing the FAP jumper board and remove the board. Move the jumper plug from P71 to P72. Slide the jumper board back into the FAP and verify both of the following alarms. 1. Check to verify the OP/Maint. LED light is now Red. 2. Check to verify a Red Fuse Alarm LED on the FAP. 3. If both of these conditions are met you may now remove either or both diode circuit boards without affecting the EAGLE 5 STP service. Locate diode board A and unscrew the two thumbscrews securing the board and remove the board. Locate the diodes to be tested. They are labeled CR43 and CR44 for diode board A. Each diode has three pins. Set your digital multimeter to diode check mode. Measure the voltage drop between the center pin of diode CR43 and either of the outside pins with the ground probe on the center lead. 1. Record the measurement. Measure the voltage drop between the same pins Again, but switch the multimeter leads, so the positive lead is now on the opposite pin. 1. Record the measurement. Repeat steps 8 and 9 on diode CR44. Compare the two measurements. If the diode is functioning properly, the step 8 reading should be between 0.2 and 0.1 volts and the step 9 reading should read as an open circuit. If this is not your results replace the diode board(s). Re-insert the diode boards and remove the jumper board, then move the jumper plug from P72 to P71. Re-insert the jumper board and observe the OP/Maint. and FAP LEDs change back to Green.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

275

276

FAP Diode Board Testing 870-2804-01

LED Position in Maintenance Mode

LED Position in Normal Mode

In the Normal Mode, the Shorting Board Led should be out. In the Maintenance Mode, the Shorting Board LED should be Green, and the FAP Fuse LED should be Red.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

276

FAP 870-2804-01Diode Board Testing Procedure 1. Check to verify the Shorting Board Position and verify the LED is NOT on, indicating the FAP is in normal mode. 2. Note the orientation of the LED on the diode board. It should be on the top side of the Shorting Board. This is the normal mode. 3. Loosen the two thumbscrews and pull the board straight out of the FAP until the board is clear of the frame. 4. Turn the Shorting Board over and re-insert the board into its slot. 5. Note the orientation of the Shorting Board LED. It should now be on the bottom side of the Shorting Board. This is the maintenance (bypass) mode. 6. Ensure the board is seated properly and tighten the two screws to secure the board. 7. To verify it is in maintenance mode, the LED on the Shorting Board should now be Green and the Fuse LED on the FAP should now be Red. 8. Loosen the two thumbscrews on the diode board(s) and pull the board(s) straight out of the FAP until the board is clear of the frame. 9. Set your digital multimeter to diode check mode. 10. Locate the diodes to be tested. 11. Connect the DVM positive (+) lead and negative (-) lead to the pins indicated in the chart below for each power diode. 12. The DVM should read between 0.2 and 0.1 volts. Record the measurements.

13. Reverse the leads. The DVM should indicate an open circuit (OL). Record the measurements. 14. Compare the two measurements. If the diodes are functioning properly, the step 11 reading should be between 0.2 and 0.1 volts and the step 12 reading should read as an open circuit. If this is not your results replace the diode board(s). 15. If the measurements are within acceptable parameters, reinstall the diode board(s) and reverse the position of the Shorting Board, observing the LEDs on the board and the FAP.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

277

278

Daily Maintenance Procedures


Daily Maintenance Procedures include:
Daily Database Backups
- Follow the steps in Module 6 on database backups.

System Report Analysis


- Follow the steps in the Maintenance Manual.

Reports Description
- Follow the steps in the Maintenance Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

278

279

Weekly Maintenance Procedures


Weekly Maintenance Procedures include:
Printer Inspection
- Follow the steps in the Maintenance Manual.

Remote Access Verification


- Follow the steps in the Maintenance Manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

279

280

Monthly Maintenance Procedures


Monthly Maintenance Procedures include:
Change the Fan Tray Filters Fuse Spares Inventory Wrist Strap Test

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

280

281

Fan Filter Replacement (EOAP only)


Fan Switch

Fan Assembly Filter Grill

The purpose of this routine is to prevent dirt and dust from building up around the fan units, hindering them from cooling the shelf effectively. The fan unit is used with EOAP units and some DCMs. Requirements: Replacement air filter (Tekelec P/N 551-0011-01). Interval: Every 45 days. Procedure 1. Turn the fan power switch to the OFF position. The Active LED under the fans becomes unlit and the fan Alarm LED turns red. The EAGLE STP generates a UAM indicating a fan failure. Unscrew the two thumbscrews securing the grill and remove it. 2. Remove and discard the old air filter. 3. Position the new air filter so that it covers the opening to the fan assembly. Check the bottom edge of the filter to make sure the airflow indicator arrows are pointing away from you and towards the fan assembly. 4. To replace the grill, position it on the fan assembly and screw in the two thumbscrews to secure the grill in place. 5. Turn the fan power switch to the ON position. The two LEDs for the fan assembly turn green and the EAGLE STP generates a UIM to indicate the fan alarm is cleared.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

281

282

Fan Filter Replacement (HC-MIM)

Fan Filter

Filter Tab

Fan Card

Replaceable Fans

The EAGLE fan tray 890-0001-01 contains three -48V fans that provide a redundant airflow for thermal management of the shelf. Air Management cards must be used to ensure efficient air flow in shelves equipped with fans. Shelves with HCMIM cards are required to be cooled by a fan tray. Air Management cards are required in all empty slots in the shelf above the fan tray used with HCMIM cards.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

282

283

Fuse Spares Inventory


870-1606-02 FAP

Ready Position

Flag Blown Position

Ready Position Flag

Blown Position

870-0243-08/-09 FAP

Purpose To verify that ample spare fuses are available for use in the FAP

Requirements Industry standard GMT fuse 1 amp - gray flag - used with IMT Bus cards Industry standard GMT fuse 2 amp - orange flag - used with shelf cooling fans Industry standard GMT fuse 3 amp - blue flag - used with application cards Industry standard GMT 7.5 amp - black/white flag - used with Texas Micro OAP(Operations Application Processor) Industry standard GMT 10 amp - red/white flag - used with Tekelec EOAP (Enhanced Operations Application Processor)

Make sure that no fewer than 5 of each type of spare fuse are readily accessible. NOTE - GMT fuses are Grounded Metallic Thermal (GMT) fuses.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

283

284

Wrist Strap Test


The purpose of the wrist strap test is to verify the integrity of the anti-static wrist strap and ground cord used when handling cards from the EAGLE 5 STP Perform the following steps for a wrist strap test:
Detach the grounding cord from the wrist strap Using an ohmmeter, or Digital Multimeter, measure the resistance between the two ends of the ground cord If you measure a resistance between 800 K and K, the ground strap is safe 1200

If you measure a resistance that is not between 800 K and 1200K, discard the ground cord and wrist strap

If the resistance measured is less than 800 K, you may be electrocuted if the equipment short circuits while you are wearing the wrist strap. If the resistance is greater than 1200K, you may damage your equipment with electro-static discharge (ESD).

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

284

285

Quarterly Maintenance Procedures


Quarterly Preventive Maintenance Procedures are:
Preventing Dust Buildups Rectifier Voltage Inspection/Recording

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

285

286

Preventing Dust Buildups

Purpose To prevent dust buildup in and around the cabinet, which can allow electrostatic charges to develop around circuit cards installed in the system and possibly cause damage. Requirements A damp lint-free cloth Interval Quarterly Procedure 1. Open the door(s) on the front of the cabinet only. Do not remove the Plexiglas panels from the rear of the frame. 2. Using a lint-free cloth, wipe the dust from the doors and front of the card cages. Do not use compressed air. 3. Using the same cloth, wipe the dust from the air intakes and around the exterior of the system frames.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

286

287

Semi-Annual Spare Card Rotation


CF-00 EF-00 EF-01

11

21

31

12

22

32

13

23

33

Tekelec recommends a semi-annual spare rotation to verify the integrity of the spare cards. Sometimes spare cards are used to replace defective cards and the defective card ends up back in assumed good spares. By rotating the spare cards on a 6 month frequency when a spare is not really needed, it helps reduce the possibility of a situation where you need a spare card and one is not available due to a breakdown in the RMA process. Tekelec has provided the proper procedures for the replacement of each card type in Appendix A, Card Replacement Procedures in the Maintenance Manual. It is recommended that at least one of every application module equipped in the EAGLE be maintained in the spare card inventory.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

287

288

Corrective Maintenance Procedures


Verifying system alarms Responding to system messages Clearing alarms Testing signaling links

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

288

289

EAGLE 5 STP Visual Alarm Indications


A
CRITAL

CRIT MAJ
1 10 20
POWER ALARM

MAJOR POWER ALARM

MINOR FUSE ALARM

10

20

FAP

End Cabinet

MIN
Fuse Alarm Panel -front

Card holder
MASPA MASP-B MCAP TDM MCAP TDM 13 14 15 16

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

IPMX 09 11

12

17

MDAL 18

MDAL

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

10

11

12

13

IPMX

MCAP

14 15 16 17 TDM MCAP TDM MASP-A MASP-B

18 MDAL

3-11 contshelf 22.0

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

IPMX 09 11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

Cards 1 101 through 1 108 and 1 111, 1 112 are user definable
TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC

Other Cards

TEKELEC

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

10 11 IPMX

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

3-11 contshelf x 22

3-2 endpanel %2f lamps21

Trouble Detection The first step in analyzing a system trouble is to recognize when trouble exists. The EAGLE 5 STP alerts you through the use of alarms: Visible alarms: MDAL LEDs FAP LEDs Alarms displayed on the system terminal LEDs on application cards End cabinet alarm indicators Event messages Audible alarm on the MDAL

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

289

290

Reporting Troubles on the User Interface


TOTAL ALARM STATUS CRIT 1 MAJR 1 MINR 2

TOTAL ALARM STATUS CRIT MAJR MINR 1 1 2 Command entered at terminal #1

TERMINAL # 1 REL. XXXX CLLI: RLGHNCXA01W DATE: 08-04-21 16:10:50 EDT

RLGHNCXA21W 08-04-21 16:10:49 EDT Rel. XXXX Searching devices for alarms...

RLGHNCXA21W 08-04-21 16:10:50 EDT Rel. XXXX SEQN UAM AL DEVICE TROUBLE TEXT 1419. 0048 * TERMINAL 15 Terminal failed 1422. 0110 * IMT SYSTEM Failure detected on one IMT bus 1421. 0108 ** IMT BUS A Major IMT failure detected Card 1101, 1103, 1113, 1115, (6 others) 1412. 0092 *C Card 1117 MDAL not responding Command Completed.

Scroll Area

Previous Command Command Response Command Line

rept-stat-trbl Command Accepted > rept-stat-trbl_ Command In Progress

Command Area

Progress of Command Area

Alarm status in highlighted boxes at top left corner of a system terminal screen along with number of the type of alarm: CRIT - Indicates number of critical alarms MAJR - Indicates number of major alarms MINR - Indicates number of minor alarms INH - Indicates number of inhibited alarms

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

290

291

ITU Signaling Link Testing


Signaling links that have failed may be tested from the EAGLE link interface card to the far-end signaling element Command used to test signaling links are:
tst-slk used on all links except SSEDCM or E5-ENET IPGW links tst-e1- used to test HC-MIM and E5-E1T1 ports on a card type=lime1 act-cdl - initiates a command driven loopback for testing a link.

For low speed links , the lxvr and sltc tests are allowed For ATM links, the lxvr, oam, line, payload, and sltc tests are allowed For IPLIMx DCMs having types of M2PA, only the sltc test is allowed For LIME1 applications, only the sltc test is allowed Use rept-stat-tstslk command to generate a report of the status of the MTP signaling links currently under test.
Use tst-slk to test signaling links. This is the only test available for E1/T1 MIM in ITU networks. Signaling links must be inhibited and de-activated prior to testing. A sample command would be: tst-slk:loc=1201:link=a:loopback=sltc:time=100 (equals 1 minute)
The act-cdl command is effectively the reverse of the tst-slk:loopback=lxvr command, which loops the transmitted data back to the receiver. A sample command would be: act-cdl:loc=1201:link=a:loopback=line Use dact-cdl to deactivate a previously initiated command driven loopback for testing a signaling link.

Use rept-stat-tstslk to generate a report of the status of the MTP signaling links currently under test.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

291

292

ANSI Signaling Link Testing


The tst-slk command may be used in the ANSI network just as they are in the ITU network The tst-t1 command is used to test HC-MIM and E5-E1T1 ports on a card type=limt1 The act-cdl command may also be performed on ANSI signaling links ANSI networks have an additional signaling link testing feature called Link Fault Sectionlization (LFS) This is a feature which means there is a fee associated with this or any other feature that is part of the EAGLE 5 STP For the most comprehensive testing to be performed, loopback tables should be created identifying all signaling elements within each signaling link to be tested

The LFS feature must be turned on. Use rept-stat-lfs to generate a report of all the SS7 links that are under Link Fault Sectionalization (LFS) test. Along with the link identification information, the command output lists: the current LBP the test pattern the maximum bit-errors threshold the bit-errors since the beginning of this test the maximum test time time elapsed since the beginning of the test Use act-lbp to activate one or more loopback point tests for testing data signaling link elements in an ANSI SS7 transmission path. The maximum number of loop-back points is 32 per signaling link being tested. The LFS feature is not available in ITU networks. Use act-cdl to initiate a command driven loopback for testing a signaling link. Use dact-cdl to deactivate a previously initiated command driven loopback for testing a signaling link.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

292

293

Event Message Format/UIM


Output Message for Unsolicited Information Message 1004

CLLI

Date

Time

Time Zone

Release Number

RLGHNC0108X
Message Sequence Number

09-02-21

13:30:59

EST

Rel XX.X.X

Unsolicited Alarm Message

Affected Device

Message

5014

1004

Card 1201B

MTP rcvd unknown DPC SIO=5 OPC=003-236-000 DPC=213-20-145 LSN=AT802169

The system sends unsolicited information messages (UIM) to the system terminals whenever there is a non-service affecting condition. This includes MSUs with invalid information, conversion failures, restoration of previous alarm conditions, or a failed gateway screening function. Each message has a numbered code and informational text associated with the condition. Output message field includes the following information: Host CLLI code Date Time / Time Zone System release number Message sequence number Unsolicited alarm / information number Affected device Informational message related to the problem Recovery procedures are also included in the Maintenance Manual for each UIM. In the case of UIM 1004, the following instructions are included: 1. If the EAGLE 5 STP system should be able to route to the DPC indicated in the message output, add the DPC to the EAGLE 5 STP system routing table using the ent-dstn and ent-rte commands. 2. If the DPC is not one that the EAGLE 5 STP system should be able to route, no action is necessary. UIMs will be discarded if received within 250ms of the previous UIM. This is a design constraint to prevent the OAM from being flooded by UIMs.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

293

294

Output Message Format / UAM


Output Message for Unsolicited Alarm Message 0173
CLLI Date Time Time Zone Release Number

RLGHNC0101X ** 0014 0173

09-02-21 **

13:30:59

EST

Rel XX.X.X

CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-P,1114-S,1116-P Clocks failed

Alarm Message Level Sequence Number

Unsolicited Alarm Message

Alarm Level

Affected Device

Message

The system sends unsolicited alarm messages (UAM) to the system terminals whenever there is a system fault, whenever a previous fault is corrected, when a subsystem, equipment, and / or service is placed in or taken out-of-service. Each message has a trouble code and text associated with the trouble condition. Output message field includes the following information: Host CLLI code Date Time / Time Zone System release number Message sequence number Unsolicited alarm number Affected device Informational message related to the problem Alarm Level indicator Examples of alarm messages: Major - 0064 major holdover clock trouble detected Major - 0111 failure on both IMT A and IMT B Minor - 0201 REPT-LKF: remote NE loopback; 0203 REPT-LKF: lost data Procedure to troubleshoot problem: 1. Locate UAM in output message on screen 2. Look up UAM in EAGLE STP Maintenance Manual 3. Follow steps to resolve the problem

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

294

295

Output Message Format / UAM


Output Message for Unsolicited Alarm Message 0236
CLLI Date Time Time Zone Release Number

RLGHNC0101X ** 0014

09-02-21 13:30:59 0236 **

EST

Rel XX.X.X

REPT-LKF: not aligned

Alarm Level

Message Sequence Number

Unsolicited Alarm Message

Alarm Level

Message

A Signaling Link must first be de-activated using the dact-slk command before any loopback may be performed. ITU Network Signaling Link Testing To perform a local loopback for DS0, ATM and DS1 links in an ITU network, enter the command tstslk:loc=xxxx:link=xx:loopback=lxvr. ANSI Network Signaling Link Testing The tst-slk command may also be used in ANSI networks. Tekelec has a feature for link testing that is available for ANSI networks only called Link Fault Sectionalization (LFS) LFS feature must be purchased from Tekelec, and activated with the chg-feat:lfs=on command. The LFS feature allows multiple loopback points to be configured for ANSI DS0 links only. A loopback table must be entered into the EAGLE database using the ent-lbp command. With this command these parameters must be entered: lbp identifies the loopback point(s) up to 32. Each loopback point must be entered using a separate ent-lbp command. loc indicates the LIM card location port indicates the port of the link on the LIM card rle the device to be looped back. dsu would be used for a patch panel, nei would be used for a STP, end office switch, or SCP. lfst llt would be used for switches, and nlt would be used for a local loopback on a patch panel An example of the ent-lbp command for the slide above would be: ent-lbp:lbp=1:loc=2318:port=a:rle=dsu:lfst=llt After the loopback table entry is complete the local loopback may be performed after inserting a loopback test plug into the affected patch panel location, and then entering the following command: act-lbp:loc=2318:port=a:lbp=1

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

295

296

Output Message Format / UAM


Output Message for Unsolicited Alarm Message 0313

CLLI

Date

Time

Time Zone

Release Number

RLGHNC0101X *C 0015

09-02-21 0313

13:30:59 *C

EST

Rel XX.X.X DPC is prohibited

DPC 220-013-002 LSN=AT007438

Alarm Level

Message Sequence Number

Unsolicited Alarm Message

Alarm Level

Affected Device

Message

In this UAM, traffic to the DPC is prohibited. Possible causes are all routes to this DPC are unavailable, or adjacent point code signaling link failures or non-adjacent failures in the route. Recovery procedures include the following: 1. Enter the rept-stat-rte command using the DPC specified in the output message to determine which linkset has a problem. 2. Enter the rept-stat-ls command using the linkset name specified from the output of step 1 to determine which link(s) could have a problem. 3. Use local procedures to test the link facilities.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

296

297

Learning Activities

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

297

298

Learning Activities: 6 - 16
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE STP Maintenance Manual, STP, and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution. After completing these exercises, the student will be able to identify, analyze, and correct various faults. Materials, Equipment, and References
EAGLE STP Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE STP Interface Terminal EAGLE STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE STP Commands Manual

Selected exercises: Exercise 6: IMT Fault Exercise 7: Terminal Fault Exercise 8: Clock Fault-1 Exercise 9: Clock Fault-2 Exercise 10: Link Fault-1 Exercise 11: Link Fault-2 Exercise 12: Link Fault-3 Exercise 13: Link Fault-4 Exercise 14: Card Fault Exercise 15: Database Problem-1 Exercise 16: Database Problem-2 Exercise 17: Database Problem-3

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

298

299

Learning Activity 6: IMT Bus Fault


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct IMT Bus faults

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

299

Learning Activity 6: IMT Bus fault Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

300

301

Learning Activity 7:Terminal Fault


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct a Terminal fault

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

301

Learning Activity 7: Terminal Fault Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

302

303

Learning Activity 8: Clock Fault -1


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct a Clock fault

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

303

Learning Activity 8: Clock Fault-1 Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

304

305

Learning Activity 9: Clock Fault -2


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct a Clock fault

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

305

Learning Activity 9: Clock Fault-2 Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

306

307

Learning Activity 10: Link Fault-1


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct a Link fault

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

307

Learning Activity 10: Link Fault-1 Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

308

309

Learning Activity 11: Link Fault-2


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct a Link fault

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

309

Learning Activity 11: Link Fault-2 Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

310

311

Learning Activity 12: Link Fault-3


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct a Link fault

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

311

Learning Activity 12: Link Fault-3 Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

312

313

Learning Activity 13: Link Fault-4


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct a Link fault

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

313

Learning Activity 13: Link Fault-4 Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

314

315

Learning Activity 14: Card Fault


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct a Card fault

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

315

Learning Activity 14: Card Fault Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

316

317

Learning Activity 15: Database Problem-1


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct a Database fault

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

317

Learning Activity 15: Database Problem - Repair Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

318

319

Learning Activity 16: Database Problem-2


Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution After completing this exercise, you will be able to:
Identify, analyze and correct a Database fault

Materials, Equipment, and References


EAGLE STP EAGLE STP Interface Terminal Anti-Static Wrist Strap EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

319

Learning Activity 16: Database Problem - Removable Disk Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command. 2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions. What message reference number(s) is indicated? Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number? What is the fault message? What device is affected? 3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

320

321

Check Your Learning


Answer the questions to the best of your ability. We will review all answers as a group.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

321

Module 7 Review
1. A __________ must be used to test the FAP diode boards. 2. The 3 amp fuse has a _________ flag. 3. Fan filters should be replaced every _______ days. 4. Name five ways of visually verifying alarms. 1. ________________________________________________________ 2. ________________________________________________________ 3. ________________________________________________________ 4. ________________________________________________________ 5. ________________________________________________________ 5. The FAP has visual alarms. What other card has LEDs for critical, major, and minor alarms? 6. Which manual contains the EAGLE 5 STP card replacement procedures? __________________________________________________________ 7. The resistance of a good wrist strap should be between _______Kohms and ________ Kohms. 8. List the command used to test ITU signaling links ____________________. 9. List the command used only in ANSI to test signaling links _____________. 10. What is the EAGLE manual that describes the troubleshooting steps to clear an alarm? _________________________________________________

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

322

323

Final Course Evaluation


Tekelec Course Evaluations are tools that help us maintain the quality of our training programs. Please complete the form and return it to your instructor upon completion of the course. Thank You!

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

323

Student Notes

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

324

325

Appendix A EAGLE 5 STP Features


The following pages contain details of some of the EAGLE5 STP features related to database configuration.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

325

326

6-Way Loadsharing on Routesets Feature


The EAGLE 5 STP allows up to 6 routes to be established to a single destination. Currently only 2 of the 6 routes are allowed to loadshare traffic. The 6-Way Loadsharing on Routesets feature will remove this limitation and allows loadsharing across all 6 routes to a destination. It is recommended 2 cost groups be used when using this feature.
One cost group could utilize 4 routes with a cost of 10 One cost group could utlilize 2 routes with a cost of 20

The 6-way loadsharing on routesets feature is a control feature and is activated by FAK 893-1098-01

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

326

327

6-Way Loadsharing Example


PCI 1-1-1 PCN 1001 STP A lsn=stpC1 rc=10 lsn=stpC2 rc=10 lsn=stpC3 rc=20 lsn=stpD1 rc=10 lsn=stpD2 rc=10 lsn=stpD3 rc=20 PCI 1-140-1 PCN 0141 STP C

1003
MSC1

0143
MSC 2

STP B

STP D

PCN 1002 PCI 1-1-2 1004


TRANSIT

PCN 0142 PCI 1-140-2 0144


Voice Trunks
TRANSIT

In this example the 6-way loadsharing feature has been activated as well as the multiple linkset feature. When a message needs to be transmitted from MCS1 to MSC2, STP A may send the messages across 3 linksets to STP C or 3 linksets to STP D. The first 2 linksets to each STP have the relative cost (rc) value of 10. The last linkset to each STP has a rc of 20. An example configuration for STP A using the 6-way loadsharing feature could be: ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpC1:rc=10 ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpC2:rc=10 ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpC3:rc=20 ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpD1:rc=10 ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpD2:rc=10 ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpD3:rc=20 The example above would also apply to STP B

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

327

328

Point Code Features


Several point code enhancements have been implemented to support the needs of both ANSI and ITU networks. Some of these are listed below:
Multiple Point Code feature (Release 26.05) ITU Duplicate Point Code feature (Release 26.05) ITU International and National Spare Point Code feature (Release 34.0) Proxy Point Code feature (Release 37.5)

You must purchase a feature before you turn the feature on. If you are not sure if a feature has been purchased, contact your Tekelec Sales Representative or Account Representative.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

328

329

Multiple Point Code Feature


Prior to this feature, the EAGLE only supported three true point codes, one each of ANSI, ITU-I and ITU-N This feature adds the ability to provision up to 40 Secondary Point Codes (SPCs) in addition to the previous 3 true point codes to support:
Customers who desire to collapse multiple existing STP pairs into one EAGLE STP pair Customers who want to deploy a single STP pair in multiple ITU national networks Customers who require more than 16 links between the EAGLE and the far end signaling node may deploy additional linksets with this feature if the far end signaling node supports multiple point codes The Secondary Point Code is identified by the spc, spci, spcn, spcn24 parameter of the ent-spc command
Details concerning this feature may be found in the Previously Released Features Manual of the current Release software.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

329

330

ITU Duplicate Point Code Feature


The ITU Duplicate Point Code feature allows an EAGLE 5 STP mated pair to route traffic for two or more countries that are using identical point code values for network signaling nodes. Requirements for this feature are:
Users must divide their ITU-National destinations into groups which will likely be on a by country basis No duplicate point codes are allowed within a group ITU-National traffic from a group must be destined for a point code within the same group The user must assign a unique two-letter group code to each group

Details concerning this feature may be found in the Previously Released Features Manual of the current Release software.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

330

ITU International and National Spare Point Code Feature

331

The EAGLE 5 STP ITU International / National Spare Point Code feature allows a network operator to use the same Point Codes across two networks, either ITU-I or ITU-N Both ITU spare and non-spare point code traffic may be routed over the same linkset by using the nis parameter of the ent-ls/chg-ls commands The Spare Point Code would be entered using the ent-dstn command and identified with s- preceding the point code value

Details concerning this feature may be found in the Previously Released Features Manual of the current Release software.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

331

332

Proxy Point Code Feature


This feature allows the EAGLE 5 STP to assume the point codes of other nodes in order to ease the migration of deploying an STP in a network with direct-connect links into other networks. A maximum of 100 Proxy Point Codes may be added to the EAGLE 5 STP configuration which are added in groups of ten by Tekelec part numbers.

Details concerning this feature may be found in the Database Administration-SS7 Manual of the current Release software.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

332

333

Origin-based MTP Routing Feature


The origin-based MTP routing feature allows traffic to be routed to the same destination through different networks, depending on the origin of messages This feature uses the following route types in this order of preference: 1. DPC+OPC (processed first) 2. DPC+originating linkset 3. DPC+CIC 4. DPC+SI 5. DPC (processed last) The DPC of a route coupled with an exception route class and exception route criteria creates a new destination for the route and also creates an new entry in the EAGLE 5 STP routing table.
If available, the EAGLE 5 STP always uses the most preferred route. For example, a DPC+OPC route (1) with a rc=20 is preferred over a DPC+SI route (4) with a rc=20. The Origin-based Routing feature introduces the following concepts: CIC handling Network management and exception rules Congestion handling Circular route detection Gateway nodes SCCP handling The ent-rtx command is also used with this feature. This command enters up 6 exception routes that have the same DPC, exception class and criteria. Further information on this feature and associated concepts can be found in the Database Administration SS7 manual.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

333

334

True Point Code & Secondary Point Code


What is called the True Point Code of an Eagle is the Point Code defined in the SID table:
CHG-SID:PCN=1000 1000 is called the True National Point Code of the Eagle STP Note: With the control feature Spare PC, it is also possible to add a Spare True Point Code to the STP into the SID table

What are called Secondary Point Code are the Point Codes of the Eagle defined in the SPC table (up to 40):
ENT-SPC:SPCN=1001 1001 is a Secondary National Point Code of the Eagle STP Secondary Point Code can be defined only when the Multiple Point Code feature (MPC) is on

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

334

335

Multiple Point Code Feature


The MPC feature is used to add the possibility to create up to 40 Secondary Point Codes which also identify the Eagle With this feature it is possible to create different linksets to go to the same destination (but not the same Point Code) to extend the limit of 16 links into a linkset
The limitation is that the destination shall also support Multiple Point Code capability

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

335

336

Multiple Point Code Feature: Example 1

STP
TPC 1000 SPC 1001 SPC 1002
LS1 16 links LS2 16 links LS3 16 links

MSC
2000 2001 2002

For example the creation of LS2 :


ENT-SPC:SPCN=1001 ENT-DSTN:DPCN=2001:SPCN=1001 ENT-LS:LSN=LS2:LST=A:APCN=2001

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

336

337

Multiple Point Code Feature: Example 2

STP
LS1 16 links

MSC
2000 2001 2002

TPC 1000
LS3 16 links LS2 16 links

If MPC is not activated on the Eagle but the Multiple Point Code capability is available on the adjacent node

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

337

338

Multiple Point Code Feature: Example 3


Replacement of a pair of STPs by a new pair of Eagle STPs without changing routing table in the SSPs old configuration
Old Configuration SSP 1000 New Configuration SSP 1000

10004

10005

10003 10004

10006 10005

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

338

339

Duplicate Point Code


This feature is combined with the feature Multiple Point Code With this feature an Eagle STP can communicate with equipment with the same point code in 2 different networks When this feature is activated a suffix of 2 letters is added to all the point codes already configured (aa by default). For example 10003-aa Another suffix can then be added to separate linksets of 2 different networks with the same point code

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

339

340

Duplicate Point Code Example


STP
1000-aa 10003-aa 10003-ab

STP
1000-ab 10002-aa 10002-ab

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

340

341

Multiple Linksets to Single APC


The limitation of MPC is solved since the R37.5 with the control feature Multiple Linksets to Single APC (MPL) This feature can be activated only if MPC is activated because MPL also use secondary point codes which are representing the Eagle MPL gives the possibility to create up to 6 linksets to the same destination point code

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

341

342

Multiple Linksets to Single APC

STP
TPC 1000 SPC 1001 SPC 1002
LS1 16 links LS2 16 links LS3 16 links

MSC

2000

For example the creation of LS2 : ENT-SPC:SPCN=1001 ENT-DSTN:DPCN=2000 ENT-LS:LSN=LS2:LST=A:APCN=2000:SPCN=1001

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

342

343

Multiple Linksets to Single APC


It is always possible to associate a destination with a secondary point code instead of associating a linkset with a secondary point code Both are exclusives for the same SPC If only a SPC is associated to a destination the TPC will never be used for any linkset go to this destination The same SPC can be used for different destinations/linksets

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

343

344

Multiple Linksets to Single APC


The MPL feature brings some new constraints regarding the Network Management messages When a message has to be sent to a destination served by multiple linkset, we have to have a method to define how the message will be sent and from which OPC the message will be sent. 2 examples:
Changeover (COO MSU) Transfer Prohibited (TFP MSU)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

344

345

Multiple Linksets to Single APC: COO MSU

STP
TPC 1000
LS LS
0 C=1 1 R LS 10 RC= LS2

MSC
2000
COO

SPC 1001 SPC 1002

Example of NM: A COO is sent on a link into LS2: OPC of COO is SPC of LS2 if exists : 1002 Otherwise OPC of COO is SPC of MSC if exists Otherwise OPC of COO is TPC of STP : 1000

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

345

346

Multiple Linksets to Single APC: COO MSU

STP
TPC 1000 SPC 1001
DSTN
0 C=1 1 R LS 10 RC= LS2

MSC
2000
COO

SPC 1002

Example of NM: A COO is sent on a link into LS2: OPC of COO is SPC of LS2 if exists : N/A Otherwise OPC of COO is SPC of MSC if exists : 1002 Otherwise OPC of COO is TPC of STP : 1000

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

346

347

Multiple Linksets to Single APC: TFP MSU

MSC1
500

LS0

STP
TPC 1000 SPC 1001 SPC 1002
L P1 TF S1

= RC

10 = 10 = RC

MSC2
20

2 LS
P3 TF

RC

2000

P2 TF

3 LS

Example of NM: 3 TFPs are sent when LS0 fails: TFP1 on LS1 with OPC=1000, DPC=2000 and DSTSP=500 TFP2 on LS2 with OPC=1001, DPC=2000 and DSTSP=500 TFP3 on LS1 with OPC=1002, DPC=2000 and DSTSP=500

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

347

348

Proxy Point Codes


Proxy Point Code control feature is used for a smooth migrationForeign network Home of the
Network
GMSC A Linkset AB

Network

GMSC B

Standard Migration
GMSC A Linkset AC
STP C

Linkset CB

GMSC B

Migration using Proxy PC


GMSC A Linkset AB Proxy Linkset Linkset CB GMSC B

STP C

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

348

349

Proxy Point Codes


A Proxy Point Code could be: ANSI, ITU-N, ITU-I, ITU-N Spare, ITU-I Spare, ITU-N24

Private Proxy point code are excluded Only A-linkset types can be a proxy linkset Link supported:
LSL, ATM HSL, SE-HSL, M2PA IPGW link or SUA are not supported

Support up to 100 Proxy Point Code

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

349

350

Proxy Point Code Example


Simple example
GMSC A Linkset AB Proxy Linkset STP C

C B

Linkset CB

GMSC B

PCN 111

C=True PCN=123 B=Proxy PCN=222

PC 222

chg-sid:pcn=123:clli=STPC init-sys ent-dstn:dpcn=222:prx=yes ent-dstn:dpcn=111:ppcn=222 ent-ls:lsn=LinksetAB:apc=111:lst=prx:ppcn=222 ent-ls:lsn=LinksetCB:apcn=222:lst=a ent-card:loc=1101:type=lime1:appl=ccs7itu ent-slk:loc=1101:link=a:lsn=LinksetAB:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1101:link=a1:lsn=LinksetCB:slc=0 ent-rte:dpcn=111:lsn=LinksetAB:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=222:lsn=LinksetCB:rc=10

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

350

351

Proxy Point Codes


Network management and test messages sent to GMSC A (111) will have the PPC as OPC (222) All Network management and network test (SI=0, 1, 2) messages from the Adjacent Node of a Proxy Linkset, with a DPC of the Proxy Point Code shall be processed by the EAGLE 5 STP as if the DPC was the EAGLE 5 STP All other messages from the Adjacent Node of a Proxy Linkset shall be handled as the STP normally processes MSUs (e.g.: routed to the DPC)

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

351

352

Proxy Point Code Example


Multiple APC and multiple Proxy PC
STP C GMSC A Linkset AB

C B E

Linkset CB

GMSC B

Lin Proxy Linksets ks E et PCN 111 t D C=True PCN=123 CE kse in L B=Proxy PCN=222 GMSC D E=Proxy PCN=2222

PC 222
GMSC E

PCN 1111

chg-sid:pcn=123:clli=STPC PC 2222 init-sys ent-dstn:dpcn=222:prx=yes ent-dstn:dpcn=2222:prx=yes ent-dstn:dpc=111:ppcn=222 ent-dstn:dpc=1111:ppcn=2222 ent-ls:lsn=LinksetAB:apcn=111:lst=prx:ppcn=222 ent-ls:lsn=LinksetDE:apcn=1111:lst=prx:ppcn=2222 ent-ls:lsn=LinksetCB:apcn=222:lst=a ent-ls:lsn=LinksetCE:apcn=2222:lst=a

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

352

353

Proxy Point Code Example


Multiple APC and to Proxy PC
STP C GMSC A Linkset AB

C B

Linkset CB

GMSC B

Proxy Linksets E PCN 111 C=True PCN=123 tD se k B=Proxy PCN=222 Lin GMSC D

PC 222

PCN 1111

UP to 10 Linkset can be created using the same PPC

chg-sid:pcn=123:clli=STPC init-sys ent-dstn:dpcn=222:prx=yes ent-dstn:dpc=111:ppcn=222 ent-dstn:dpc=1111:ppcn=222 ent-ls:lsn=LinksetAB:apcn=111:lst=prx:ppcn=222 ent-ls:lsn=LinksetDE:apcn=1111:lst=prx:ppcn=222 ent-ls:lsn=LinksetCB:apcn=222:lst=a

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

353

354

Proxy Point Code Limitations


Limitations:
A Point Code defined with the parameter PRX into the DSTN table cant be entered into:
- GTA tables (A translated PC cant be a Proxy PC) - MRN and MAP tables - GSM Map Screening tables for the action forward, duplicate and dupdisc

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

354

Multiple Linksets to Single Adjacent Point Codes

355

The Multiple Linksets to Single Adjacent Point Codes (MLS) feature allows linksets to be established from up to six point codes on the EAGLE 5 STP to a single point code on an adjacent node. The ANSI 5-to-8 bit SLS conversion is extended to support 4-to-8 bit SLS conversion for ITU MSUs for even load distribution. This conversion is only used for traffic distribution and is not included in the outgoing MSU for ITU messages. The MPC feature must be enabled for MLS to work. Only two linksets can have the same routing cost.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

355

356

Appendix B Database Creation


The following pages contain the data necessary to complete Module 5s Learning Activities. Select the data that corresponds to the assigned equipment.

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

356

401.03 Clayton STP SS7 Configuration chg-sid:cpc=240-12-0:clli=claync0100W:pc=240-12-2 init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200 ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-0:clli=dalhucpc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-1:clli=dallastx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-2:clli=hubardtx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=yes ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-1:clli=rlghnc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-3:clli=apexnc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-4:clli=wilsonnc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-5:clli=bensonnc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-6:clli=carync:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-7:clli=fuquaync:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-8:clli=dunnnc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-9:clli=tandemnc:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=apexls:lst=A:apc=240-12-3:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=wilsonls:lst=A:apc=240-12-4:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=bensonls:lst=A:apc=240-12-5:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=caryls:lst=A:apc=240-12-6:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=fuquayls:lst=A:apc=240-12-7:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=dunnls:lst=A:apc=240-12-8:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=240-12-9:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=rlghncls:lst=C:apc=240-12-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=dallasls:lst=D:apc=220-13-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=hubardls:lst=D:apc=220-13-2:bei=no ent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

357

401.03 Clayton STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=rlghncls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=apexls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=wilsonls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=bensonls:slc=0:ts=2:t1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=caryls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=fuquayls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=dunnls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=tandemls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=dallasls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=hubardls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=rlghncls:slc=1 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-3:lsn=apexls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-3:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-4:lsn=wilsonls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-4:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-5:lsn=bensonls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-5:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-6:lsn=caryls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-6:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

358

401.03 Clayton STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-rte:dpc=240-12-7:lsn=fuquayls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-7:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-8:lsn=dunnls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-8:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=tandemls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30 alw-card:loc=1201 alw-card:loc=1203 alw-card:loc=1205 alw-card:loc=1207 alw-card:loc=1211 alw-card:loc=1213 act-slk:loc=1201:link =A act-slk:loc=1201:link =B act-slk:loc=1203:link =A act-slk:loc=1203:link =B act-slk:loc=1205:link =A act-slk:loc=1205:link =B act-slk:loc=1207:link =A act-slk:loc=1207:link =B act-slk:loc=1211:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =B

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

359

401.12 Raleigh STP SS7 Configuration chg-sid:cpc=240-12-0:clli=claync0100W:pc=240-12-1 init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200 ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-0:clli=dalhucpc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-1:clli=dallastx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-2:clli=hubardtx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=yes ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-2:clli=claync:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-3:clli=apexnc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-4:clli=wilsonnc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-5:clli=bensonnc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-6:clli=carync:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-7:clli=fuquaync:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-8:clli=dunnnc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-9:clli=tandemnc:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=apexls:lst=A:apc=240-12-3:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=wilsonls:lst=A:apc=240-12-4:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=bensonls:lst=A:apc=240-12-5:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=caryls:lst=A:apc=240-12-6:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=fuquayls:lst=A:apc=240-12-7:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=dunnls:lst=A:apc=240-12-8:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=240-12-9:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=clayncls:lst=C:apc=240-12-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=dallasls:lst=D:apc=220-13-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=hubardls:lst=D:apc=220-13-2:bei=no ent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

360

401.12 Raleigh STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=clayncls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=apexls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=wilsonls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=bensonls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=caryls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=fuquayls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=dunnls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=tandemls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=dallasls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=hubardls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=clayncls:slc=1 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-3:lsn=apexls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-3:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-4:lsn=wilsonls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-4:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-5:lsn=bensonls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-5:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-6:lsn=caryls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-6:lsn=clayncls:rc=30

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

361

401.12 Raleigh STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-rte:dpc=240-12-7:lsn=fuquayls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-7:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-8:lsn=dunnls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-8:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=tandemls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=clayncls:rc=30 alw-card:loc=1201 alw-card:loc=1203 alw-card:loc=1205 alw-card:loc=1207 alw-card:loc=1211 alw-card:loc=1213 act-slk:loc=1201:link =A act-slk:loc=1201:link =B act-slk:loc=1203:link =A act-slk:loc=1203:link =B act-slk:loc=1205:link =A act-slk:loc=1205:link =B act-slk:loc=1207:link =A act-slk:loc=1207:link =B act-slk:loc=1211:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =B

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

362

402.02 Dallas STP SS7 Configuration chg-sid:cpc=220-13-0:clli=dalstx0100W:pc=220-13-1 init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200 ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-0:clli=denslkcpc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-1:clli=dnvrco0300w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-2:clli=slakut0100w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-9:clli=tandcout:bei=yes ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-2:clli=hubtx0100w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-3:clli=allentx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-4:clli=wacotx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-6:clli=crawfordtx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-7:clli=ftworthtx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-0:clli=ralclanccpc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-1:clli=rlghnc0100w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-2:clli=claync0100w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-9:clli=tandemnc:bei=yes ent-ls:lsn=denvrls:lst=B:apc=190-12-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=saltlkls:lst=B:apc=190-12-2:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=hubardls:lst=C:apc=220-13-2:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=allenls:lst=A:apc=220-13-3:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=wacols:lst=A:apc=220-13-4:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=220-13-5:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=crawfdls:lst=A:apc=220-13-6:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=ftwrthls:lst=A:apc=220-13-7:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=ralncls:lst=B:apc=240-12-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=clayncls:lst=B:apc=240-12-2:bei=no ent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

363

402.02 Dallas STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=hubardls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=ftwrthls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=crawfdls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=wacols:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=allenls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=denvrls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=saltlkls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=ralncls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=clayncls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=tandemls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=hubardls:slc=1 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=denvrls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=denvrls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=denvrls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=denvrls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-3:lsn=allenls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-3:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-4:lsn=wacols:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-4:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=tandemls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-6:lsn=crawfdls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-6:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-7:lsn=ftwrthls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-7:lsn=hubardls:rc=30

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

364

402.02 Dallas STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=ralncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=clayncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=ralncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=clayncls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=ralncls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=clayncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=ralncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=clayncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 alw-card:loc=1201 alw-card:loc=1203 alw-card:loc=1205 alw-card:loc=1207 alw-card:loc=1211 alw-card:loc=1213 act-slk:loc=1201:link =A act-slk:loc=1201:link =B act-slk:loc=1203:link =A act-slk:loc=1203:link =B act-slk:loc=1205:link =A act-slk:loc=1205:link =B act-slk:loc=1207:link =A act-slk:loc=1207:link =B act-slk:loc=1211:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =B

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

365

402.12 Hubbard STP SS7 Configuration chg-sid:cpc=220-13-0:clli=hubdtx0100W:pc=220-13-2 init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200 ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-0:clli=denslkcpc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-1:clli=dnvrco0300w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-2:clli=slakut0100w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-9:clli=tandcout:bei=yes ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-1:clli=dalstx0100w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-3:clli=allentx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-4:clli=wacotx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-6:clli=crawfordtx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-7:clli=ftworthtx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-0:clli=ralclanccpc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-1:clli=rlghnc0100w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-2:clli=claync0100w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=240-12-9:clli=tandemnc:bei=yes ent-ls:lsn=denvrls:lst=B:apc=190-12-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=saltlkls:lst=B:apc=190-12-2:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=dallasls:lst=C:apc=220-13-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=allenls:lst=A:apc=220-13-3:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=wacols:lst=A:apc=220-13-4:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=220-13-5:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=crawfdls:lst=A:apc=220-13-6:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=ftwrthls:lst=A:apc=220-13-7:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=ralncls:lst=B:apc=240-12-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=clayncls:lst=B:apc=240-12-2:bei=no ent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

366

402.12 Hubbard STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=dallasls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=ftwrthls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=crawfdls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=wacols:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=allenls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=denvrls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=saltlkls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=ralncls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=clayncls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=tandemls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=dallasls:slc=1 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=denvrls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=denvrls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=denvrls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=denvrls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-3:lsn=allenls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-3:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-4:lsn=wacols:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-4:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=tandemls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-6:lsn=crawfdls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-6:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-7:lsn=ftwrthls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-7:lsn=dallasls:rc=30

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

367

402.12 Hubbard STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=ralncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=clayncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=ralncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=clayncls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=ralncls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=clayncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=ralncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=clayncls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 alw-card:loc=1201 alw-card:loc=1203 alw-card:loc=1205 alw-card:loc=1207 alw-card:loc=1211 alw-card:loc=1213 act-slk:loc=1201:link =A act-slk:loc=1201:link =B act-slk:loc=1203:link =A act-slk:loc=1203:link =B act-slk:loc=1205:link =A act-slk:loc=1205:link =B act-slk:loc=1207:link =A act-slk:loc=1207:link =B act-slk:loc=1211:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =B

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

368

403.03 Denver STP SS7 Configuration chg-sid:cpc=190-12-0:clli=dnvrco0300W:pc=190-12-1 init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200 ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-2:clli=slakut0300w:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-3:clli=puebloco:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-4:clli=durangoco:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-5:clli=boulderco:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-6:clli=vernalut:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-7:clli=ogdenut:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-8:clli=moabut:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-9:clli=tandemcout:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-0:clli=dalhubtxcpc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-1:clli=dallastx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-2:clli=hubbardtx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-3:clli=allentx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=slakels:lst=C:apc=190-12-2:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=pueblols:lst=A:apc=190-12-3:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=durangls:lst=A:apc=190-12-4:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=bouldrls:lst=A:apc=190-12-5:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=vernalls:lst=A:apc=190-12-6:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=ogdenls:lst=A:apc=190-12-7:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=moabls:lst=A:apc=190-12-8:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=190-12-9:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=dallasls:lst=B:apc=220-13-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=hubardls:lst=B:apc=220-13-2:bei=no ent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

369

403.03 Denver STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=slakels:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=pueblols:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=durangls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=bouldrls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=vernalls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=ogdenls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=moabls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=tandemls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=dallasls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=hubardls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=slakels:slc=1 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-3:lsn=pueblols:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-3:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-4:lsn=durangls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-4:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-5:lsn=bouldrls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-5:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-6:lsn=vernalls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-6:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-7:lsn=ogdenls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-7:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-8:lsn=moabls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-8:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=tandemls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=slakels:rc=30

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

370

403.03 Denver STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=saltlkls:rc=30 alw-card:loc=1201 alw-card:loc=1203 alw-card:loc=1205 alw-card:loc=1207 alw-card:loc=1211 alw-card:loc=1213 act-slk:loc=1201:link =A act-slk:loc=1201:link =B act-slk:loc=1203:link =A act-slk:loc=1203:link =B act-slk:loc=1205:link =A act-slk:loc=1205:link =B act-slk:loc=1207:link =A act-slk:loc=1207:link =B act-slk:loc=1211:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =B

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

371

403. 12 Salt Lake STP SS7 Configuration chg-sid:cpc=190-12-0:clli=slakut0100W:pc=190-12-2 init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200 ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-1:clli=denverco:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-3:clli=puebloco:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-4:clli=durangoco:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-5:clli=boulderco:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-6:clli=vernalut:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-7:clli=ogdenut:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-8:clli=moabut:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=190-12-9:clli=tandemcout:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-0:clli=dalhubtxcpc:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-1:clli=dallastx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-2:clli=hubbardtx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-3:clli=allentx:bei=no ent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=denverls:lst=C:apc=190-12-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=pueblols:lst=A:apc=190-12-3:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=durangls:lst=A:apc=190-12-4:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=bouldrls:lst=A:apc=190-12-5:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=vernalls:lst=A:apc=190-12-6:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=ogdenls:lst=A:apc=190-12-7:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=moabls:lst=A:apc=190-12-8:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=190-12-9:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=dallasls:lst=B:apc=220-13-1:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=hubardls:lst=B:apc=220-13-2:bei=no ent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

372

403. 12 Salt Lake STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=denverls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=pueblols:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=durangls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=bouldrls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=vernalls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=ogdenls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=moabls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=tandemls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=dallasls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=hubardls:slc=0 ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=denverls:slc=1 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-3:lsn=pueblols:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-3:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-4:lsn=durangls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-4:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-5:lsn=bouldrls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-5:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-6:lsn=vernalls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-6:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-7:lsn=ogdenls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-7:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-8:lsn=moabls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-8:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=tandemls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=denverls:rc=30

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

373

403. 12 Salt Lake STP SS7 Configuration contd ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=dallasls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=hubardls:rc=10 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=denverls:rc=30 alw-card:loc=1201 alw-card:loc=1203 alw-card:loc=1205 alw-card:loc=1207 alw-card:loc=1211 alw-card:loc=1213 act-slk:loc=1201:link =A act-slk:loc=1201:link =B act-slk:loc=1203:link =A act-slk:loc=1203:link =B act-slk:loc=1205:link =A act-slk:loc=1205:link =B act-slk:loc=1207:link =A act-slk:loc=1207:link =B act-slk:loc=1211:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =A act-slk:loc=1213:link =B

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

374

UK Gatwick STP A Configuration


chg-sid:pci=1-0-2:clli=gatwick:pcn=10002:pci=1-0-2:pctype=other init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200 ent-card:loc=1201:type=lime1:appl=ccs7itu ent-card:loc=1203:type=lime1:appl=ccs7itu ent-card:loc=1211:type=lime1:appl=ccs7itu ent-dstn:dpci=1-0-3:clli=heathrowi:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=10003:clli=heathrown:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=1000:clli=smsc1:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=1001:clli=smsc2:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=1002:clli=smsc3:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=2000:clli=hlr1:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=2001:clli=hlr2:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=3000:clli=in1:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=3001:clli=in2:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=3002:clli=in3:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=3003:clli=in4:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=4001:clli=pp2:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=7000:clli=msc1:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=7001:clli=msc2:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatheatn:lst=c:apcn=10003:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatheati:lst=c:apci=1-0-3:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatsmsc1:lst=a:apcn=1000:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatsmsc2:lst=a:apcn=1001:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatsmsc3:lst=a:apcn=1002:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gathlr1:lst=a:apcn=2000:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gathlr2:lst=a:apcn=2001:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatin1:lst=a:apcn=3000:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatin2:lst=a:apcn=3001:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatin3:lst=a:apcn=3002:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatin4:lst=a:apcn=3003:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatpp2:lst=a:apcn=4001:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatmsc1:lst=a:apcn=7000:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=gatmsc2:lst=a:apcn=7001:bei=no ent-e1:loc=1201:e1port=1:e1tsel=line ent-e1:loc=1203:e1port=1:e1tsel=line ent-e1:loc=1211:e1port=1:e1tsel=line ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a4:lsn=gathlr1:slc=0:ts=5:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a5:lsn=gathlr2:slc=0:ts=6:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a8:lsn=gatin1:slc=0:ts=9:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a9:lsn=gatin2:slc=0:ts=10:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a10:lsn=gatin3:slc=0:ts=11:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a11:lsn=gatin4:slc=0:ts=12:bps=64000:e1port=1

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

375

UK Gatwick STP A Configuration contd


ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a12:lsn=gatpp2:slc=0:ts=13:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a:lsn=gatsmsc1:slc=0:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a1:lsn=gatsmsc2:slc=0:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a2:lsn=gatsmsc3:slc=0:ts=3:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1211:link=a:lsn=gatheatn:slc=0:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1211:link=a1:lsn=gatheati:slc=0:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1203:link=a:lsn=gatmsc1:slc=1:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1203:link=a1:lsn=gatmsc2:slc=1:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-rte:dpci=1-0-3:lsn=gatheati:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=1000:lsn=gatsmsc1:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=1001:lsn=gatsmsc2:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=1002:lsn=gatsmsc3:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=2000:lsn=gathlr1:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=2001:lsn=gathlr2:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=3000:lsn=gatin1:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=3001:lsn=gatin2:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=3002:lsn=gatin3:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=3003:lsn=gatin4:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=4001:lsn=gatpp2:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=7000:lsn=msc1:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=7001:lsn=msc2:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

376

UK Gatwick STP A Configuration contd


alw-card:loc=1201 alw-card:loc=1203 alw-card:loc=1211 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A act-slk:loc=1201:link=A1 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A2 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A4 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A5 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A8 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A9 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A10 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A11 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A12 act-slk:loc=1203:link=A act-slk:loc=1203:link=A1 act-slk:loc=1211:link=A act-slk:loc=1211:link=A1

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

377

UK Heathrow STP B Configuration


chg-sid:pci=1-0-3:clli=heathrow:pcn=10003:pci=1-0-3:pctype=other init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200 ent-card:loc=1201:type=lime1:appl=ccs7itu ent-card:loc=1203:type=lime1:appl=ccs7itu ent-card:loc=1211:type=lime1:appl=ccs7itu ent-dstn:dpci=1-0-2:clli=gatwicki:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=10002:clli=gatwickn:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=1000:clli=smsc1:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=1001:clli=smsc2:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=1002:clli=smsc3:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=2000:clli=hlr1:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=2001:clli=hlr2:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=3000:clli=in1:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=3001:clli=in2:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=3002:clli=in3:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=3003:clli=in4:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=4001:clli=pp2:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=7000:clli=msc1:bei=no ent-dstn:dpcn=7001:clli=msc2:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatgatn:lst=c:apcn=10002:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatgati:lst=c:apci=1-0-2:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatsmsc1:lst=a:apcn=1000:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatsmsc2:lst=a:apcn=1001:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatsmsc3:lst=a:apcn=1002:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heathlr1:lst=a:apcn=2000:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heathlr2:lst=a:apcn=2001:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatin1:lst=a:apcn=3000:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatin2:lst=a:apcn=3001:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatin3:lst=a:apcn=3002:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatin4:lst=a:apcn=3003:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatpp2:lst=a:apcn=4001:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatmsc1:lst=a:apcn=7000:bei=no ent-ls:lsn=heatmsc2:lst=a:apcn=7001:bei=no ent-e1:loc=1201:e1port=1:e1tsel=line ent-e1:loc=1203:e1port=1:e1tsel=line ent-e1:loc=1211:e1port=1:e1tsel=line

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

378

UK Heathrow STP B Configuration contd


ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a4:lsn=heathlr1:slc=0:ts=5:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a5:lsn=heathlr2:slc=0:ts=6:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a8:lsn=heatin1:slc=0:ts=9:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a9:lsn=heatin2:slc=0:ts=10:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a10:lsn=heatin3:slc=0:ts=11:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a11:lsn=heatin4:slc=0:ts=12:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a12:lsn=heatpp2:slc=0:ts=13:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a:lsn=heatsmsc1:slc=0:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a1:lsn=heatsmsc2:slc=0:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a2:lsn=heatsmsc3:slc=0:ts=3:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1211:link=a:lsn=heatgatn:slc=0:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1211:link=a1:lsn=heatgati:slc=0:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1203:link=a:lsn=heatmsc1:slc=1:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-slk:loc=1203:link=a1:lsn=heatmsc2:slc=1:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-rte:dpci=1-0-2:lsn=heatgati:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=10002:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=1000:lsn=heatsmsc1:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=1000:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=1001:lsn=heatsmsc2:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=1001:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=1002:lsn=heatsmsc3:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=1002:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=2000:lsn=heathlr1:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=2000:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=2001:lsn=heathlr2:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=2001:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=3000:lsn=heatin1:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=3000:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=3001:lsn=heatin2:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=3001:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=3002:lsn=heatin3:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=3002:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=3003:lsn=heatin4:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=3003:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=4001:lsn=heatpp2:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=4001:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=7000:lsn=heatmsc1:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=7000:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30 ent-rte:dpcn=7001:lsn=heatmsc2:rc=10 ent-rte:dpcn=7001:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

379

UK Heathrow STP B Configuration contd


alw-card:loc=1201 alw-card:loc=1203 alw-card:loc=1211 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A act-slk:loc=1201:link=A1 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A2 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A4 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A5 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A8 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A9 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A10 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A11 act-slk:loc=1201:link=A12 act-slk:loc=1203:link=A act-slk:loc=1203:link=A1 act-slk:loc=1211:link=A act-slk:loc=1211:link=A1

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

380

Portable STP Configuration chg-sid:cpc=220-13-0:pc=220-13-1:clli=snfcca0100w init-sys ent-card:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi:loc=1101 ent-card:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi:loc=1103 ent-card:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi:loc=1105 ent-card:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi:loc=1107 ent-dstn:clli=dallas:dpc=220-13-2 ent-dstn:clli=sandaltandm:dpc=220-13-3 ent-dstn:clli=newboscpc:dpc=213-20-0 ent-dstn:clli=newyork:dpc=213-20-1 ent-dstn:clli=boston:dpc=213-20-2 ent-dstn:clli=nybostandm:dpc=213-20-6:bei=yes ent-dstn:clli=denslkcpc:dpc=190-12-0 ent-dstn:clli=denver:dpc=190-12-1 ent-dstn:clli=saltlake:dpc=190-12-2 ent-dstn:clli=denslktandm:dpc=190-12-6:bei=yes ent-ls:lsn=dallasls:apc=220-13-2:lst=c ent-ls:lsn=tandemls:apc=220-13-3:lst=a ent-ls:lsn=denverls:apc=190-12-1:lst=b ent-ls:lsn=saltlakels:apc=190-12-2:lst=b ent-ls:lsn=newyorkls:apc=213-20-1:lst=b ent-ls:lsn=bostonls:apc=213-20-2:lst=b ent-slk:slc=0:lsn=dallasls:loc=1101:link=a ent-slk:slc=0:lsn=tandemls:loc=1103:link=a ent-slk:slc=0:lsn=denverls:loc=1105:link=a ent-slk:slc=0:lsn=saltlakels:loc=1107:link=a ent-slk:slc=0:lsn=newyorkls:loc=1101:link=b ent-slk:slc=0:lsn=bostonls:loc=1103:link=b ent-rte:rc=10:lsn=denverls:dpc=190-12-0 ent-rte:rc=10:lsn=saltlakels:dpc=190-12-0 ent-rte:rc=30:lsn=dallasls:dpc=190-12-0

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

381

Portable STP Configuration contd ent-rte:rc=10: lsn=denverls:dpc=190-12-1 ent-rte:rc=20:lsn= saltlakels:dpc=190-12-1 ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=190-12-1 ent-rte:rc=20: lsn=denverls:dpc=190-12-2 ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= saltlakels:dpc=190-12-2 ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=190-12-2 ent-rte:rc=10: lsn=denverls:dpc=190-12-6 ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= saltlakels:dpc=190-12-6 ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=190-12-6 ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= newyorkls:dpc=213-20-0 ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= bostonls:dpc=213-20-0 ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=213-20-0 ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= newyorkls:dpc=213-20-1 ent-rte:rc=20:lsn= bostonls:dpc=213-20-1 ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=213-20-1 ent-rte:rc=20:lsn= newyorkls:dpc=213-20-2 ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= bostonls:dpc=213-20-2 ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=213-20-2 ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= newyorkls:dpc=213-20-6 ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= bostonls:dpc=213-20-6 ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=213-20-6 ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=220-13-2 ent-rte:rc=10:lsn=tandemls:dpc=220-13-3 ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=220-13-3 alw-card:loc=1101 alw-card:loc=1103 alw-card:loc=1105 alw-card:loc=1107 act-slk:loc=1101:link=a act-slk:loc=1101:link=b act-slk:loc=1103:link=a act-slk:loc=1103:link=b act-slk:loc=1105:link=a act-slk:loc=1107:link=a

TK145v9.7

For Training Purposes Only

382

Вам также может понравиться